10.04.2013 Views

My PhD dissertation - Institut Fresnel

My PhD dissertation - Institut Fresnel

My PhD dissertation - Institut Fresnel

SHOW MORE
SHOW LESS

Create successful ePaper yourself

Turn your PDF publications into a flip-book with our unique Google optimized e-Paper software.

Various Facets of Organophosphorus Chemistry:<br />

From a Probe for Assessing Carbanions Relative<br />

Stabilities to Ligand Synthesis<br />

Thèse de doctorat<br />

Présentée à la<br />

Faculté des sciences de base<br />

Ecole Polytechnique Fédérale de Lausanne<br />

Par<br />

Michaël Maurin<br />

Chimiste diplômé de l'Université Paris XI - Orsay<br />

Soumise au Jury<br />

Prof. Pierre Vogel, Président<br />

Prof. Manfred Schlosser, Directeur de Thèse<br />

Prof. Peter Kündig, Expert<br />

Prof. Georg Pohnert, Expert<br />

Prof. Philippe Renaud, Expert<br />

LAUSANNE, 2005


"Penserions nous beaucoup et penserions<br />

nous bien si nous ne pensions pas en commun<br />

avec d'autres qui nous font part de leurs<br />

pensées et auxquels nous communiquons les<br />

nôtres ?"<br />

E. Kant


III<br />

Remerciements<br />

Je tiens à remercier le Professeur Manfred Schlosser pour m'avoir accueilli au sein de<br />

son groupe de recherche, et pour m'avoir guidé durant ces quelques années.<br />

Je suis très reconnaissant envers les Professeurs Peter Kündig, Georg Pohnert,<br />

Philippe Renaud et Pierre Vogel pour avoir accepté de lire et juger ce travail de thèse.<br />

Durant ces quelques années passées à Lausanne, j'ai énormément apprécié la<br />

gentillesse et la bonne humeur quotidienne de l'équipe du magasin de chimie, Gladys Pache,<br />

Jacky Gremaud, et Giovanni Petrucci, mais aussi celle de Madame Ursula Kaenzig, dont les<br />

conseils et le soutien m'ont touché. Merci beaucoup !<br />

Martial Rey et Luc Patiny ont eux aussi beaucoup aidé le jeune chimiste que j'étais<br />

pour toutes les expérimentations RMN que j'ai dû effectuer, et ce travail ne serait pas ce qu'il<br />

est sans leur aide et leur patience. Je les en remercie.<br />

Un énorme merci à mes amis et collègues de Lausanne qui m'ont épaulé et avec qui<br />

j'ai partagé d'excellents moments tout au long de ces années. Je tiens à remercier tout<br />

particulièrement la Signorina Carla Bobbio, Elena Marzi, Frederic Bailly, Olivier Lefebvre et<br />

Marc Marull pour avoir été toujours présents, attentifs et sincères durant toutes les étapes de<br />

mon doctorat.<br />

La plupart des bons moments passés au laboratoire, en Suisse plus généralement, et<br />

même ailleurs, durant ces années, l'ont été en compagnie de Levente Ondi. Je tiens<br />

sincèrement à le remercier pour sa gentillesse, ses conseils avisés mais surtout pour son<br />

amitié. Köszönöm.<br />

Enfin et surtout, je remercie de tout mon cœur mes formidables parents, ainsi que ma<br />

famille et tout particulièrement Jean-Claude sans qui je n’en serai pas là. Tom et Sergio font<br />

presque partie de ma famille et je ne les remercierai jamais assez pour m'avoir toujours<br />

soutenu, en particulier dans les moments de doutes, me disant en substance qu'on ne se "libère<br />

pas des choses en les évitant mais en passant au travers"… C'est presque fait. Merci du<br />

conseil !<br />

Finallement, je tiens à rappeler à Jean-Claude, mon oncle, combien je lui suis<br />

reconnaissant pour son soutien sans faille, son aide et ses conseils, en particulier lorsque ma<br />

determination commencait à diminuer… je ne le dirai jamais assez, alors un petit merci écrit<br />

pour un grand MERCI pensé !


IV<br />

TABLE OF CONTENTS<br />

Abstract VIII<br />

Version Abrégée IX<br />

General Part<br />

1 Introduction 1<br />

1.1 Atropisomerism and Axially Chiral Bisphosphine Ligands 1<br />

1.2 Alkaline Decomposition of Quaternary Phosphonium Halides 3<br />

1.3 Objectives of this Work 5<br />

2 Preparation of Tertiary Phosphines by Means of Triethyl Phosphites 9<br />

2.1 Uniformly Substituted Triarylphosphines 10<br />

2.2 Preparation of Trifurylphosphines 12<br />

2.3 Preparation of a Pyrrolylphosphine 14<br />

3 Alkaline Decomposition of Phosphonium Salts: A Probe to Assess Relative<br />

Stabilities of Alkyl Anions 19<br />

3.1 Gas Phase Acidities of Alkanes 19<br />

3.2 Alkyl Carbanions Stabilities in Solution 21<br />

3.3 Assessment of the Relative Ease of Alkyl Expulsion from Phosphonium Salts 22<br />

3.3.1 Mechanistic Discussion on the Alkaline Decomposition of Phosphonium Salts 23<br />

3.3.2 Principle of the Method Devised 25<br />

3.3.3 Qualitative and Quantitative Analysis of the Reaction Products 27<br />

3.3.4 Starting Materials and Reference Substances 28<br />

3.3.5 Alkaline Decomposition of Phosphonium Halides 32


3.3.6 Relevance of the Data Assessed and Influence of the Steric Strains on Alkane<br />

V<br />

Cleavage 36<br />

4 A Novel Access to Atropisomeric Biphenylbisphosphines 39<br />

4.1 Preparation of Enantiomerically Pure 6,6’-Dibromobiphenyl-2,2’-diol and Derivatives<br />

Thereof 40<br />

4.1.1 Racemic 6,6’-Dibromobiphenyl-2,2’-diol 41<br />

4.1.2 Racemate Resolution of 6,6’-Dibromobiphenyl-2,2’-diol 42<br />

4.1.3 Derivatization of 6,6’-Dibromobiphenyl-2,2’-diol 43<br />

4.2 Preparation of Enantiomerically Pure 6,6’-Dibromobiphenyl-2,2’-dicarboxylic Acid and<br />

Derivatives Thereof 45<br />

4.2.1 Racemic 6,6’-Dibromobiphenyl-2,2’-dicarboxylic Acid 45<br />

4.2.2 Racemate Resolution of 6,6’-Dibromobiphenyl-2,2’-dicarboxylic Acid 46<br />

4.2.3 Derivatization of 6,6’-Dibromobiphenyl-2,2’-dicarboxylic Acid 47<br />

4.3 Preparation of Biphenylbisphosphines 49<br />

4.4 Dynamic 1 H-NMR Study of Some Biphenyl Substrates 53<br />

4.4.1 The Use of Variable-Temperature NMR to Study Intramolecular Mobility 54<br />

4.4.2 Coalescence Study of 2,2’-Dilithio-6,6’-bis(methoxymethoxy) biphenyl 57<br />

4.4.3 Coalescence Study of 2,2’-Dilithio-6,6’-bis(methoxymethyl)biphenyl 60<br />

5 Conclusions and Outlook 65


Experimental Part<br />

VI<br />

1 Generalities 69<br />

2 The Preparation of Phosphines from Triethyl phosphite 71<br />

2.1 Triarylphosphines 71<br />

2.2 Furanylphosphines 74<br />

2.3 Ethyl bis{N-[(1S)-1-phenylethyl]-1H-pyrrol-2-yl}phosphinite and Other Pyrrole<br />

Derivatives 77<br />

3 The Alkaline Decomposition of Quaternary Tetraalkylphosphonium Salts 81<br />

3.1 Preparation of Trialkyl Phosphines and Corresponding Trivalent Phosphorus<br />

Compounds 81<br />

3.1.1 Dialkyl-N,N-diethylaminophosphines 82<br />

3.1.2 Dialkylchlorophosphines 83<br />

3.1.3 Trialkylphosphines 85<br />

3.2 Trialkylphosphine Oxides 89<br />

3.3 Tetraalkylphosphonium Halides 93<br />

3.4 Alkaline Decomposition of Phosphonium Salts 95<br />

4 The Preparation and Racemate Resolution of Biphenyls and<br />

Biphenylbisphosphines 101<br />

4.1 Preparation of 6,6’-Dibromobiphenyl-2,2’-diol and Derivatives Thereof 101<br />

4.2 Preparation of 6,6’-Dibromobiphenyl-2,2’-dicarboxylic Acid and Derivative<br />

Thereof 105<br />

4.3 Preparation of Biphenylbisphosphines 109<br />

4.4 Coalescence Studies of Dilithiobiphenyl Species 112<br />

4.5 Seclected Crystallographic Data for Biphenylbisphosphines 114


VII<br />

Literature References 115<br />

Compounds Index 125<br />

Curriculum Vitae 129


VIII<br />

Abstract<br />

Organophosphorus compounds found applications in varied fields of the organic chemistry:<br />

they are particularly present in natural compounds such as the deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) and in the<br />

field of catalysis in which their utility is also proven. Thus, this thesis work first focused on the<br />

preparation of various phosphorus ligands utilizable in transition metal catalysed reactions.<br />

Being given the importance of this type of reaction in organic synthesis, it appears<br />

essential to have many ligands at disposal in order to fine-tune and to optimize the reaction<br />

conditions as much as possible. Thus, the first objective of this work was to propose a simple and<br />

general method for the preparation of monodentate phosphorus ligands. Based on the use of<br />

phosphites in substitution for the usual phosphorus trihalides, this method was initially tested during<br />

the preparation of different simple triarylphosphines. Thereafter, this method was extended to the<br />

synthesis of new ligands having more complex structures.The yields obtained for the latter as well<br />

as the variety of the substrates authorized by this method confirmed its value and suggested its<br />

application to the synthesis of new heteroaromatic phosphines.<br />

The preparation of bidentate phosphorus ligands based on chiral biphenyl motifs was<br />

then addressed. For that purpose, the 2,2',6,6' -tetrabromobiphenyl was chosen as a pivot<br />

substrate for the development of a modular synthetic approach. Indeed, by means of<br />

successive halogen/metal permutational exchanges and after treatment with the suitable<br />

electrophile, it was possible to functionalize this substrate, isolate each atropisomer in<br />

enantiomerically pure form, and finally convert each one of those into chiral<br />

biphenylbisphosphines. In addition, it was also possible, during the synthesis of these ligands,<br />

to evaluate the rotational stability of some enantiomerically pure dilithiobiphenyls.<br />

Finally, after having acquired some expertise in the handling of phosphorus<br />

compounds, some phosphonium halides were prepared in order to evaluate the relative<br />

basicities of some alkyl carbanions. It is postulated that the ease of expulsion for the different<br />

substituents of a quaternary phosphonium salt treated in alkaline conditions is controlled by<br />

the relative stabilities of their related carbanions. Following this idea, the proportions of the<br />

products obtained from this decomposition were quantified in order to evaluate the stabilities<br />

of some aliphatic carbanions. Furthermore, those results were discussed in the light of the<br />

mechanistic arguments reported, up to date, in the literature.


IX<br />

Version Abrégée<br />

Les composés organophosphorés trouvent des applications dans des domaines très variés de la<br />

chimie organique: ils sont présents notamment dans les molécules du vivant comme l'acide<br />

désoxyribonucléique (ADN) ainsi que dans le domaine de la catalyse, où leur utilité est aussi avérée.<br />

Ainsi, ce travail de thèse s'est tout d'abord intéressé à la préparation de différents types de ligands<br />

phosphorés utilisables dans des réactions catalysées par des complexes de métaux de transition.<br />

Etant donnée l'importance de ce type de réaction en synthèse organique, il parait primordial<br />

d'avoir de nombreux ligands à disposition afin d'adapter et d'optimiser au mieux les conditions<br />

réactionnelles. Aussi, le premier objectif de ce travail a été de proposer une méthode simple et générale<br />

pour la préparation de ligands phosphorés monodentates. Basée sur l'utilisation de phosphites en<br />

substitution aux classiques trihalogénures de phosphore, cette méthode a d'abord été testée lors de la<br />

préparation de différentes triarylphosphines simples. Par la suite, cette méthode a été entendue à la<br />

synthèse de nouveaux ligands possédants des structures plus complexes. Les rendements obtenus pour<br />

ces derniers ainsi que la variété des substrats autorisés par cette méthode ont confirmé son intérêt et<br />

suggèrent son application à la synthèse de nouvelles phosphines hétéroaromatiques.<br />

La préparation de ligands phosphorés bidentates basés sur des motifs biphenyliques chiraux a<br />

ensuite été abordée. Pour cela, le 2,2',6,6'-tetrabromobiphenyle a été choisi comme composé pivot pour<br />

le développement d'une approche synthétique modulable à souhait. En effet, par le biais de permutations<br />

halogène/métal successives et après traitement avec l'électrophile approprié, il a été possible de<br />

fonctionnaliser ce substrat, d'isoler chaque atropoisomère sous forme énantiomériquement pure, et<br />

finalement de convertir chacun de ceux-ci en biphenylbisphosphines chirales. Par ailleurs, il a aussi été<br />

possible, au cours de la synthèse de ces ligands, d'évaluer la stabilité rotationelle d'atropoisomères purs<br />

de certains dilithiobiphenyls.<br />

Finalement, après avoir acquis un certain savoir faire dans la manipulation de composés<br />

phosphorés, des halogénures de phosphoniums ont été préparés afin d'évaluer les basicités relatives de<br />

certains carbanions alkyls. Il est postulé que l'ordre d'expulsion des différents substituants d'un sel de<br />

phosphonium quaternaire traité en conditions alcalines est gouverné par la stabilité relative de leur<br />

carbanions. Selon cette hypothèse, les proportions des produits de cette décomposition ont été quantifiées<br />

et ont conduit à l'évaluation de la stabilité de certains carbanions aliphatiques. De plus, ces résultats ont<br />

étés discutés à la lumière de reflections méchanistiques proposées ces dernières décénnies.


General Part


1 Introduction<br />

1<br />

The present thesis work aims at linking organophosphorus chemistry and modern<br />

organometallic techniques. Thus, phosphorus compounds will not only serve as targets of<br />

synthesis obtained through organometallic methods, but also as probes for gaining better<br />

insight into organometallic reactivity. One main objective is the preparation of new phosphine<br />

ligands for transition-metal-catalyzed reactions. In the course of this work, thermodynamical<br />

investigations will also be performed in order to assess the rotational stability of some<br />

atropisomeric biphenyl substrates. On the other hand, tetraalkylphosphonium salt will serve as<br />

a substrate for alkaline decomposition, allowing us to compare relative basicities of various<br />

alkyl anions.<br />

1.1 Atropisomerism and Axially Chiral Bisphosphine<br />

Ligands<br />

The biphenyl core belongs to the classical examples of so-called atropisomerism, a<br />

particular case of axial chirality. This type of enantiomerism was first demonstrated in 1922<br />

by G.H. Christie and J. Kenner<br />

"atropisomerism" was later coined by R. Kuhn<br />

[ ] 1 when they resolved 6,6'-dinitro-2,2'-diphenic acid. The term<br />

[ ] 2 referring to the restricted rotation about the<br />

pivot sp 2 -sp 2 single bond (from Greek, a meaning not, and tropos meaning turn).<br />

O2N HOOC<br />

COOH<br />

NO2 HOOC NO2 O2N COOH<br />

(M) atropisomer mirror plane (P) atropisomer<br />

Biaryls have a "chiral axis" and can be isolated in two nonplanar enantiomeric forms,<br />

provided that their helicity is maintained by hampered rotation about the aryl-aryl bond.


2<br />

However, this statement clearly pointed out the lack of general definition or criteria to allow<br />

one to talk about "atropisomerism". How slow should the interconversion between<br />

atropisomers be? At what temperature should this interconversion be considered? Do<br />

atropisomers have to be isolated to be called so, or does it suffice to identify them by<br />

spectroscopic techniques? Numerous reports and books have discussed the prerequisites for<br />

isolation and rotational stability of such isomers<br />

[ - ] 3 5 which, of course, depends on the<br />

temperature of study. M. Ōki [3] proposed, as a condition for the existence of so-called<br />

"atropisomers", that their half life time t1/2 at 25 °C should be at least 1000 s (17 min), which<br />

would correspond to a rotational barrier of approximately 22 kcal·mol -1 . However, for the<br />

tetra-ortho substituted biphenyls, the steric congestion in the coplanar transition state causes<br />

the barrier to free rotation to be usually far superior to that value, thus allowing separation of<br />

enantiomers.<br />

During the past two decades, atropisomeric biaryls have received attention due to the<br />

increasing number of naturally occurring substances discovered in that class<br />

[ - ] 6 8 (e.g.<br />

vancomycin, ancistrocladin, michellamine, etc.). More importantly, the synthetic chemist has<br />

recognized axially chiral biaryls as versatile auxiliaries for asymmetric synthesis<br />

[ - ] 9 12 .<br />

Hence, an impressively large number of chiral ligands are reported in the literature to ensure<br />

amazingly high enantioselectivities in many catalytic reactions. Among them, Noyori's<br />

[ , ]<br />

BINAP [(1,1'-binaphthyl-2,2'-diyl)bis(diphenylphosphine)] 13 14 , and Schmid's BIPHEMP<br />

[6,6'-dimethylbiphenyl-2,2'-diyl)bis(diphenylphosphine)]<br />

dimethoxybiphenyl-2,2'-diyl)bis(diphenylphosphine)]<br />

axially chiral bisphosphines ligands.<br />

BINAP<br />

PPh2 PPh2 BIPHEMP<br />

PPh2 PPh2 [ 15 ]<br />

and MeO-BIPHEP [6,6'-<br />

[ ] 16 are the most prominent examples of<br />

O<br />

O<br />

PPh2 PPh2 MeO-BIPHEP<br />

Nevertheless, hundreds of other slightly modified ligands, based on those cores, have<br />

proved to be at least as efficient as those reference compounds, depending on the reaction<br />

involved. This clearly shows that catalysts are often substrate specific and small changes can<br />

strongly affect their performances. Thus, ligands need to be "tailor made" for each individual<br />

purpose and should be easily accessible in enantiomerically pure form. As a result, although a<br />

large number of attractive procedures are already described in the literature<br />

[13 - ] 19 , leading


3<br />

research groups in the field are still trying to develop a very general method for preparing a<br />

panel of readily available enantiopure "tunable" ligands. Furthermore, since this condition<br />

obviously increases the chances for a ligand to be used for synthetic applications, research in<br />

enantioselective catalysis should focus on a modular approach for their synthesis.<br />

Although catalysis occupies a privileged place in the field of phosphorus chemistry,<br />

phosphorus compounds have also been used for other purposes (e.g. fertilizing agents, water<br />

softeners or pesticides). Another important application of phosphorus compounds is the use of<br />

phosphine oxides as flame retardants additives in polymers<br />

[ ] 20 . Hence, several investigations<br />

have been conducted to propose more efficient preparations for that family of compounds.<br />

Alkaline decomposition of phosphonium salts, one of the most promising methods to produce<br />

mixed phosphine oxides was thus extensively studied during the last decades.<br />

1.2 Alkaline Decomposition of Quaternary Phosphonium<br />

Halides<br />

The alkaline decomposition of a quaternary phosphonium salt to give a phosphine<br />

oxide and a hydrocarbon is one of the best known nucleophilic displacement reaction at<br />

phosphorus<br />

J. Meisenheimer et al.<br />

[ - ] 21 24 . A. Cahours and A.W. Hofmann<br />

[ ] 25 followed by A. Michaelis<br />

[ ] 26 , and<br />

[ , ] 27 28 , first observed it upon distillation of aqueous solutions of<br />

phosphonium hydroxides or simply by heating phosphonium halides in aqueous sodium<br />

hydroxide solution. This reaction appeared to be an efficient method to produce various<br />

trialkyl- or alkyldiphenyl phosphine oxides in high yield, and was thus deeply investigated<br />

during the past years. L. Hey and C.K. Ingold postulated a possible mechanism<br />

assumed it to proceed through a hydroxyphosphorane<br />

[ ] 29 , and<br />

[ ] 30 . According to these authors, the<br />

entire reaction sequence is composed of four steps: fast and reversible addition of hydroxide<br />

ion to the quaternary phosphonium salt; fast and reversible formation of the conjugate base of<br />

the pentacovalent intermediate; rate-limiting and irreversible formation of the phosphine<br />

oxide and expulsion of a carbanion; instantaneous protonation of the carbanion by water.<br />

R 4P X<br />

OH<br />

fast<br />

OH H2O R4POH R4PO R + R<br />

fast<br />

slow 3PO RH<br />

fast


4<br />

However, the mechanism proposed and the results reported thus far could also be<br />

explained by a concerted mechanism in which the second equivalent of hydroxide ion and the<br />

cleavage and protonation of the alkyl residue would happen simultaneously. This alternative<br />

mechanistic possibility will be displayed in more details in the general part and discussed in view to<br />

the results obtained. In view to the sequence suggested by L. Hey and C.K. Ingold, two hydroxide ions<br />

and one phosphonium cation should be involved during or prior the rate limiting step of the reaction.<br />

[ , ]<br />

To verify this statement L. Horner and H. Hoffmann 31 32 [ , ]<br />

and W.E. McEwen et al. 33 34 respectively<br />

studied the kinetic of decomposition for several p-substituted-phenyltriphenylphosphonium halides<br />

and p-substituted-benzyltribenzyl phosphonium halides. The results obtained by both research groups<br />

confirmed that the reaction follows a third order kinetic, with a first order dependence on the<br />

concentration of phosphonium and a second order dependence on the concentration of hydroxide ions.<br />

Furthermore, L. Horner and H. Hoffmann [31] provided theoretical arguments to rationalize this<br />

mechanism. Phosphorus, as an element of the second period of the Mendeleev Table, is able to exceed<br />

the octet rule and form pentacovalent species. The ionic phosphonium hydroxide should thus exist in<br />

equilibrium with its corresponding hydroxyphosphorane intermediate. The latter, being a weak acid,<br />

also coexists with its conjugated oxidophosphorane base. Finally the formation of a stabilizing pπ-dπ<br />

phosphorus-oxygen bond constitutes a driving force for the elimination of an alkyl anion. Although<br />

this SN(P) mechanism is commonly accepted and accounts for experimental results reported so far,<br />

[ ]<br />

C.A. Vander Werf et al. 35 proposed two conceivable variations of that mechanism: the second attack<br />

of hydroxide and the departure of the anion could be synchronous or the first step could involve the<br />

formation of an unstable intermediate with two hydroxide ions bound to phosphorus. In addition to the<br />

mechanism they proposed, L. Hey and C.K. Ingold [29] observed that if the phosphonium salt was<br />

bearing different type of substituents, the relative ease of P-C bond cleavage in the pentacovalent<br />

intermediate was following the anionic stability of the expelled group.<br />

Later, many research groups oriented their efforts towards stereochemistry investigations<br />

and studied enantiomerically pure cyclic<br />

[ - ] 36 38 [35, ,<br />

and linear 39 40] phosphonium halides, where<br />

phosphorus constituted the sole stereogenic center. The phosphine oxides obtained by treatment of<br />

these salts under alkaline conditions revealed that the reaction occurred stereospecifically with<br />

complete inversion of configuration at phosphorus. Various suggestions [35, 37, 38] have been proposed<br />

to explain this stereochemistry. The most plausible [35] rationalization of this experimental result was<br />

the formation of a trigonal-bipyramidal transition state were the leaving group and the hydroxide both<br />

occupy apical positions.<br />

R 1<br />

P<br />

R3 R4 R2 K HO<br />

I<br />

HO<br />

R 4<br />

R 1<br />

P<br />

+ KI<br />

R 3<br />

R 2<br />

K HO<br />

H 2O<br />

O<br />

R 4<br />

R 1<br />

P<br />

+ H 2O<br />

R 3<br />

R 2<br />

H 2O<br />

R 1<br />

P<br />

R3R4 + R2H O


5<br />

However, this mechanism suffers from inconsistencies since some cyclic substrates<br />

were found to show partial racemization or complete retention of stereochemistry at<br />

phosphorus<br />

[ , ] 41 42 . These results could be explained by ring strain. Phosphetanium (four-<br />

membered ring) and phospholanium (five-membered ring) salts preferentially adopt, in the<br />

trigonal bipyramidal intermediates, an equatorial-apical relation (90 °) due to angle constraint.<br />

Since apical positions are assumed to be favored for the departing group and the hydroxide<br />

[ 43 ]<br />

[ 44 ]<br />

, a Berry pseudorotation must mediate the move of the more stabilized anion to the<br />

apical position. The latter pseudorotation thus accounted for the partial retention of<br />

configuration at phosphorus center. In summary, even if applicable to non cyclic cases, this<br />

general explanation of the observed stereochemistry for the alkaline decomposition of<br />

phosphonium salts does not illustrate the whole scheme of this process.<br />

1.3 Objectives of this Work<br />

Organometallic techniques, particularly the halogen/metal permutation<br />

proved to be the method of choice in many areas of organic synthesis<br />

[ , ] 45 46 , have<br />

[ ] 47 . This is especially<br />

remarkable when it comes to organophosphorus chemistry and the preparation of tertiary<br />

phosphine ligands. Thus, phosphorus will constitute a leitmotiv in the present thesis work, and<br />

several aspects of its chemistry and applications will be taken into account.<br />

Up to now, the principal method for the preparation of tertiary phosphines was the<br />

treatment of phosphorus trichloride with the appropriate organometallic reagent<br />

(organomagnesium or organolithium)<br />

[ ] 48 . The present research work will first focus on the<br />

preparation of tertiary phosphines via a modification of the above mentioned synthetic route.<br />

The use of trialkyl phosphites<br />

[ - ] 49 51 instead of phosphorus trichloride, already reported in few<br />

instances, was believed to provide several advantages and allow large scale preparation of<br />

different tertiary phosphines from simple and known to more elaborate ones.<br />

R'=<br />

P(OR) 3<br />

N<br />

O<br />

R'M (M = Mg, Li)<br />

O<br />

O<br />

OH<br />

O<br />

O<br />

PR' 3<br />

N<br />

Ph


6<br />

The second part of this work sets out to assess the relative stabilities of several<br />

primary, secondary and tertiary alkyl anions by means of a well known reaction. Hence, by<br />

preparing mixed tetraalkyl phosphonium halides, each one bearing two different type of alkyl<br />

group, and submitting them to alkaline decomposition, one whish to determine kinetic<br />

parameters related to their relative stabilities as probable carbanions. Furthermore, since<br />

expulsion of alkyl groups is assumed to be governed by their relative stability and is proposed<br />

to be stemming from the decomposition of a common transition state in the rate determining<br />

step, the kinetic data provided by this study should legitimately be compared with computed<br />

or gas-phase thermodynamics.<br />

R 1 R 2<br />

P + R<br />

O<br />

1<br />

R2 OH<br />

∆G1 R 1<br />

P<br />

R 2<br />

R 1 R 2<br />

X<br />

OH<br />

R 1 R 2<br />

P<br />

R O 1<br />

Several research groups previously evaluated the ease of anion expulsion by<br />

analyzing the decomposition products of some tetraaryl or aryl-alkyl mixed phosphonium<br />

salts. Nevertheless, due to the practical difficulty to prepare and handle the majority of trialkyl<br />

phosphorus compounds, very few tetraalkyl phosphonium salts were studied by this<br />

decomposition reaction<br />

∆G 2<br />

+ R 2<br />

[30, ] 52 . Furthermore, the ratios of phosphine oxides and anions<br />

expulsed were generally measured either by direct isolation of the oxides or by gas<br />

chromatography analysis of the products in case of tetraaryl or aryl-alkyl mixed phosphonium<br />

salts only. In the former case, the lack of accuracy only afforded a broad idea of the relative<br />

anions stability [29, 30, 52] . In the latter, useful and accurate data were obtained about aryl anions<br />

basicity [36] . In this context, the present study attends to provide accurate data concerning the<br />

alkaline decomposition of tetraalkylphosphonium salts and the deduced kinetic basicities of<br />

primary, secondary and tertiary alkyl anions.<br />

Finally, the object of this present task is to propose a novel access to atropisomeric<br />

biphenylbisphosphine ligands for asymmetric catalysis. The first goal of this new synthetic<br />

approach is to provide a general method that allows easy tuning of the ligands produced.<br />

Having become readily accessible, 2,2',6,6'-tetrabromobiphenyl<br />

[ ] 53 appeared to be a judicious<br />

key intermediate. As a matter of fact, by taking advantage of the modern organometallic<br />

techniques developed and inspired by the recent work of F. Leroux<br />

[ ] 54 , it was possible to<br />

subject this substrate to successive permutational halogen/metal exchanges [45, 46] in order to<br />

allow diverse functionalizations.


7<br />

At first, a double bromine/lithium permutation will be performed to produce the 2,2'-<br />

dilithiobiphenyl derivative which could be turned into the corresponding biphenol or diacid.<br />

Both axially chiral derivatives thus produced could then be resolved to afford pure<br />

enantiomers. The latter compounds, after few derivatization or protection steps could simply<br />

be converted to optically pure bisphosphines by reaction with an organolithium reagent and<br />

subsequent treatment with chlorodiphenylphosphine.<br />

R'' 2P<br />

R'' 2P<br />

R'<br />

R'<br />

R R'<br />

'' 2P<br />

R'' 2P R'<br />

1) Metallation<br />

Br Br<br />

2) I2 Br Br<br />

I<br />

1) Derivatization<br />

2) Br/Li permutation<br />

3) ClPR'' 2<br />

Br<br />

Br<br />

1) Br/Li permutation<br />

2) CuBr 2<br />

3) PhNO 2<br />

R<br />

R<br />

Racemate resolution<br />

Br R<br />

Br R<br />

Br Br<br />

Br Br<br />

Br R<br />

Br R<br />

R = OH, COOH<br />

1) Br/Li permutation<br />

2) functionalization<br />

In addition, the efficiency of the designed synthetic route relies on a crucial condition<br />

that had to be seriously taken into account. Hence, once produced, both pure atropisomers<br />

should be subjected to several chemical modifications without noticeable loss of their optical<br />

activity. For this reason, reaction conditions should be carefully chosen, especially for the last<br />

bromine/lithium permutation sequence which could possibly induce racemization. Indeed,<br />

though some calculations or experimental data were reported in the literature for binaphthyl<br />

cores<br />

[ 55 - 57 ]<br />

, only little information is available about rotational barrier of<br />

o,o'-dilithiobiphenyls<br />

[ , ] 58 59 . In this context, some of the lithiated biphenyls prepared will be<br />

used for dynamic NMR experiments in order to assess their rotational barrier. The value thus<br />

obtained, by comparison with those of the corresponding reduced parent compounds should<br />

provide helpful clues about the rotational stability of such species.


2 Preparation of Tertiary Phosphines by Means of<br />

Triethyl Phosphites<br />

9<br />

The field of transition-metal catalyzed cross-coupling reactions has grown<br />

significantly in the past decade, and important progress has been made in extending the scope<br />

and efficiency of these reactions<br />

[ ] 60 . The choice of the base, the solvent and the coordinating<br />

ligands is at least as important as the choice of the transition metal used itself. Since no<br />

general procedure is known for such reactions, and conditions have to be fine-tuned for each<br />

substrate, an impressive number of reports about cross-coupling reactions has been published.<br />

Numerous phosphines are already known to efficiently stabilize the palladium(0) species<br />

involved in the course of cross coupling reactions. However, varying the bulkiness or electron<br />

donating ability of the phosphorus ligands can remarkably change the reactivity of catalysts<br />

[ ]<br />

towards oxidative addition and transmetalation 61 . In this context, the ready availability of<br />

various phosphine ligands is of obvious importance and endeavors should be made to propose<br />

new ones.<br />

The main objective of this work was to provide new heteroaromatic phosphines<br />

[ 62 - 65 ]<br />

bearing either furyl or pyrrolyl substituents. Only scarce syntheses of furylphosphines<br />

and no pyrrolylphosphines were reported up to now. Because of the usually moderate to low<br />

yields obtained while preparing these ligands [62 - 65] with classical methods using either<br />

phosphorus trichloride or phosphorus tribromide [48] , a convenient and efficient preparation<br />

had to be used. Since the main methods described in the literature to produce phosphines [48,<br />

66, 67 ]<br />

[51]<br />

usually give variable yields , depending on the substituents used, it was important to<br />

use a protocol which could be applicable to a large panel of substrates ranging from alkanes to<br />

aromatic motifs or even heteroaromatic ones. Furthermore, to be valuable the chosen method<br />

should be easily scalable and proceed with quantitative yields. As a matter of fact, if the<br />

creation of one P−C bond does not proceed quantitatively but also generates by-products, the<br />

proportion of these minor compounds produced would obviously increase in the case of a<br />

"one pot" trisubstitution reaction at the phosphorus center and lead to tedious purifications.


10<br />

Although the most frequently employed method for the preparation of tertiary<br />

phosphines i.e. the reaction of phosphorus trihalide with Grignard reagents<br />

[ , ] 68 69 or<br />

organolithium species [48, 66, 67] is efficient in most cases, this method does not always give<br />

satisfactory yields [51] o<br />

-1 [ 70 ]<br />

. Since the lower reactivity of the P−O bonds ( D298<br />

≈ 596 kcal·mol )<br />

o<br />

compared to the P−Cl bonds ( D 289 kcal·mol<br />

298 ≈<br />

demonstrated by different research groups<br />

-1 ) [ ]<br />

71 towards organometallic reagents was<br />

[ - ] 72 76 , the use of phosphites instead of phosphorus<br />

trichloride was believed to give cleaner reactions and thus, should allow performing reactions<br />

on larger scale without any special care. Since the use of phosphorus trichloride was thought<br />

to produce, in situ, molecular chlorine and could cause partial oxidation of the phosphine<br />

formed, its substitution by a phosphite constituted an additional advantage. As a matter of<br />

fact, depending on its structure, the phosphine formed can be prone to rapid oxidation and<br />

form, to some extent, the corresponding tertiary phosphine oxide which usually causes tedious<br />

purification procedures. Although the use of phosphite for the preparation of tertiary<br />

phosphines had already been mentioned in few reports from the beginning of the 20 th century<br />

until now<br />

[49 - 51, , ] 77 78 , no rational arguments were given to explain the failure of other<br />

classical preparation procedures nor the better yields obtained with phosphites. Furthermore,<br />

in most cases the yields were relatively low. Therefore, several already described<br />

triarylphosphines were prepared by means of triethyl phosphite to evaluate and compare the<br />

efficiency of this method compared to more classical ones. Once the "phosphite pathway"<br />

procedure had been well established, new furyl and pyrrolylphosphines have been prepared.<br />

2.1 Uniformly Substituted Triarylphosphines<br />

Triarylphosphines were formed in excellent yields when triethyl phosphite was<br />

condensed with three equivalents of aryllithiums (Table 1). The latter were generated from the<br />

corresponding bromoarene by halogen/metal permutation using butyllithium. In the case of<br />

tris(3,5-dimethylphenyl)phosphine (7), 1-iodo-3,5-dimethylbenzene<br />

material.<br />

R<br />

X<br />

1) LiC 4H 9, THF, - 75 °C<br />

2) P(OEt) 3, - 75 °C to 25 °C<br />

P<br />

[ ] 79 served as the starting<br />

R<br />

3


11<br />

Table 1. Preparation of variously substituted triarylphosphines 1-4<br />

and 6-7 with triethyl phosphite and aryllithiums generated by<br />

halogen/metal permutation of haloarenes Ar−X with butyllithium.<br />

H 3CO<br />

Aryl phosphine<br />

Nr.<br />

OCH 3<br />

1<br />

2<br />

N(CH 3) 2 3<br />

4<br />

6<br />

7<br />

X Yield Lit. yield<br />

Br<br />

Br<br />

Br<br />

Br<br />

Br<br />

I<br />

The triaryl phosphines 1 - 3, 6 and 7 were obtained in excellent yield (Table 1) and<br />

by direct crystallization of the crude reaction product. However, tris(1-naphthyl)phosphine<br />

(4) [83] had to be crystallized several times to afford an analytically pure product. As a matter<br />

of fact, under the usual reaction conditions, 1 H NMR analysis of the crude reaction mixture<br />

revealed the presence of ethylbis(1-naphthyl)phosphinite (5) stemming from incomplete<br />

substitution at the phosphorus center. Increased reaction times in refluxing tetrahydrofuran<br />

99%<br />

99%<br />

83%<br />

86%<br />

83%<br />

81%<br />

[ ] 80 89% [a]<br />

[ ] 81 90% [b]<br />

[ ] 82 19% [c]<br />

[ ] 83 14% [d]<br />

[ ] 84 -<br />

[ ] 85 62% [e]<br />

[a] Prepared with PCl3 and p-CH3OC6H4MgBr in THF; [b] Prepared with PCl3<br />

and m-CH3OC6H4Li in THF; [c] Prepared with PCl3 and p(CH3)2C6H4MgBr in<br />

THF; [d] Prepared with PCl3 and 1-naphthylMgBr in THF; [e] Prepared with PCl3<br />

and 3,5-(CH3)C6H4Li in THF.<br />

finally gave the pure phosphine (4) in 86% yield along with only 5% of phosphinite (5).<br />

Br<br />

1) LiC 4H9, THF, - 75 °C<br />

2) P(OC 2H5) 3, reflux<br />

P<br />

3<br />

+<br />

P<br />

O<br />

4, 86% 5, 5%<br />

2


12<br />

The preparation of the latter phosphine revealed an additional feature of the use of<br />

triethyl phosphites. In the case of bulky substituents, the possibility to fine-tune the reaction<br />

conditions in order to substitute selectively each ethoxy group one by one depending on the<br />

temperature provides an additional advantage of the use of phosphites, since it is hardly<br />

feasible with phosphorus trichloride. Comparative study could have been made to parallel the<br />

results obtained by means of various phosphites, however, since triethyl phosphite gave the<br />

best yields for the first phosphines prepared, the whole series was done in that manner. On the<br />

other hand, in order to establish the efficiency and reliability of the use of phosphites as<br />

phosphorus sources, the yield of products obtained by this method were compared to those<br />

reported in the literature using either organomagnesiums or organolithiums reagents with<br />

phosphorus trichloride (see Table 1). As the use of phosphites proved to give comparable or<br />

better results than those reported in the literature, this reagent could be used to prepare newly<br />

designed furyl and pyrrolyl phosphines.<br />

2.2 Preparation of Trifurylphosphines<br />

Recently, a great attention in furyl phosphines, especially (2-furyl)phosphines<br />

has been evident in the literature because of their increasing use in homogeneous catalysis<br />

[ 87 - 90 ]<br />

. Bristol-<strong>My</strong>ers researchers could show in 1988 that the use of furylphosphines<br />

instead of the usual triphenylphosphine could significantly increase the rate and yields of<br />

the Stille cross-coupling reaction for some deactivated chlorinated substrates [87 - 89] . V.<br />

Farina et al. [87] postulated that the use of less coordinating, poorer donating phosphine<br />

ligands should render the Pd(II)-Allyl intermediate more electrophilic and hence more<br />

reactive in the rate determining transmetalation step. In view to this series of results, P.<br />

Savignac, F. Mathey et al. [65] prepared a water soluble diphenylfurylphosphine derivative<br />

for biphasic catalysis but failed in preparing a tris(2-furyl)phosphine from phosphorus<br />

trichloride when the furan was substituted in position-5 by a chlorine or a bromine.<br />

The parent tris(2-furyl)phosphine was prepared by various research groups with low<br />

[ ]<br />

yields (30% to 40%) using either phosphorus trichloride 91 [ ]<br />

or phosphorus tribromide 92 . A.J.<br />

Zapata and A.C. Rondon explained the low yields obtained by occurrence of undesirable<br />

side reactions due to the high reactivity of the 2-furyllithium involved. They could raise<br />

the yield of tris(2-furyl)phosphine to 74% by transmetalating the reactive lithiated species<br />

with cerium(III) chloride and treating it with phosphorus trichloride. The preparation of<br />

valuable trifurylphosphines ligands by the "phosphite route" was performed with<br />

[ ] 86 ,


13<br />

variously substituted furans in good to excellent yields and led to think that the low yields<br />

previously observed were rather due to the phosphorylating reagent itself or a conjunction<br />

the latter and the lithiated furan.<br />

2-Methylfuran was first used as starting substrate and metalated with butyllithium<br />

in tetrahydrofuran at - 75 °C. The transient lithiated species could be efficiently trapped<br />

with the usual triethyl phosphite to afford the tris(5-methyl-2-furyl)phosphine (8) in 92%<br />

yield.<br />

O<br />

1) LiC 4H9, THF, - 75 °C<br />

2) P(OC 2H 5) 3<br />

P<br />

O<br />

8, 92%<br />

Another phosphine was prepared, starting from a heteroaromatic substrate, to<br />

illustrate the versatility of this method. Benzofuran was chosen as substrate since it was of<br />

comparable bulkiness as 2-naphthalene substituent and also because of the ease of<br />

metalation of this motif. Thus, benzofuran was treated with butyllithium in<br />

tetrahydrofuran at - 75 °C to undergo smooth metalation at 2-position, and subsequently<br />

trapped with triethyl phosphite to give tris(2-benzofuryl)phosphine (9) [63] .<br />

O<br />

1) LiC 4H 9, THF<br />

- 75 °C, 2 h<br />

2) P(OC 2H 5) 3<br />

P<br />

O<br />

9, 92%<br />

Finally, the synthesis of a second furylphosphine was endeavored. The possibility<br />

to link the phosphorus ligand on a polymer for an efficient recycling of the catalyst was<br />

found attractive<br />

[ ] 93 . A convenient way to link the final phosphine was to introduce an<br />

alcohol functional group at position-5 in order to avoid any steric hindrance on the<br />

vicinity of the phosphorus center. The preparation of tris(5-hydroxymethyl-2-<br />

furyl)phosphine (13) was thus decided and first tried by direct metalation of furfurol (5-<br />

hydroxymethylfuran) with two equivalents of organolithium reagents, or metalation of<br />

silyl-protected furfurol. Unfortunately, trapping the transient species formed with<br />

iodomethane resulted, in both cases, in complete decomposition of the furan adduct. Since<br />

the presence of the hydroxymethyl chain was believed to cause the instability of the<br />

metalated furfurol, an indirect route to phosphine (13) was followed. Furfural was<br />

3<br />

3


protected to its dioxolane derivative (10) by a method described by L. Brandsma et al.<br />

14<br />

and subsequently metalated at position-5 with butyllithium in tetrahydrofuran at - 75 °C.<br />

The lithiated species thus formed was then treated with 1/3 equivalent of triethyl phosphite<br />

to afford the expected tris[5-(1,3-dioxolan-2-yl)-2-furyl]phosphine (11) in 68%.<br />

O<br />

10<br />

O<br />

O<br />

1) LiC 4H9,<br />

THF, - 75 °C<br />

2) P(OC 2H5) 3<br />

P<br />

O<br />

O<br />

11, 68%<br />

Deprotection conditions had then to be carefully chosen since the furan core was<br />

relatively susceptible to strongly acid media. Pyridinium chloride was found to be the most<br />

efficient acid catalyst to cleave the acetal protection and allowed the isolation of tris(5-<br />

formyl-2-furyl)phosphine (12) in excellent yield (88%). Finally, the reduction of the formyl<br />

groups to give the tris(5-hydroxymethyl-2-furyl)phosphine (13) was achieved in 86% yield<br />

with sodium borohydride in tetrahydrofuran at ambient temperature.<br />

P<br />

O<br />

11<br />

O<br />

O<br />

3<br />

N<br />

H Cl<br />

Acetone / H 2O, reflux<br />

2.3 Preparation of a Pyrrolylphosphine<br />

P<br />

O<br />

H<br />

O<br />

3<br />

O<br />

NaBH 4, THF, 25 °C<br />

12, 88% 13, 86%<br />

A more ambitious target was the preparation of a new phosphine bearing several<br />

enantiomerically pure chiral substituents. Since it was easily accessible in both pure enantiomeric<br />

forms<br />

[ ] 95 , N-(1-phenylethyl)pyrrole (14) was chosen as starting candidate for preparing a tertiary<br />

phosphine from the triethyl phosphite. The ease of α-metalation of N-substituted pyrrole rings with<br />

organolithium reagent<br />

[ - ] 96 98 was also a decisive parameter, since it could allow its phosphorylation<br />

with the appropriate phosphite. Hydrogen/lithium permutation was first performed in<br />

tetrahydrofuran with a stoichiometric amount of butyllithium at -75 °C, and subsequently trapped<br />

with iodomethane. 1 H NMR and gas chromatographic analysis of the crude reaction mixture<br />

3<br />

P<br />

O<br />

OH<br />

3<br />

[ ] 94


15<br />

unfortunately revealed the presence of the expected 2-methyl-N-(1-phenylethyl)pyrrole (15), but<br />

also of N-(2-phenylpropan-2-yl)pyrrole (16), stemming from metalation at the benzylic position, in<br />

a 3 : 7 ratio and with a 85% overall yield. Since this method did not present any exploitable results,<br />

the two products obtained were not separated from the reaction mixture.<br />

N<br />

1) LiC 4H 9, THF, - 75 °C<br />

2) CH 3I<br />

N + N<br />

(S)-14 (S)-15, 25% (S)-16, 59%<br />

Optimization of the reactions conditions were then tried by varying the organolithium<br />

reagents (e.g. lithium diisopropylamide, lithium tetramethylpiperidide), the solvents (diethyl ether,<br />

hexanes) or by addition of N,N,N',N'-tetramethylethan-1,2-diamine as co-solvent. Unfortunately, all<br />

attempts resulted in either higher proportion of pyrrole (16) or in very low yield of metalated<br />

product. Since it was assumed that bromine/lithium permutational exchange on the pyrrole ring<br />

would be by far much faster than deprotonation at the benzylic position, the preparation of 2-bromo-<br />

N-(1-phenylethyl)pyrrole (17) from the parent pyrrole (14) was endeavored. A literature overview<br />

on the pyrrole chemistry revealing the lack of efficient methods to selectively mono-halogenate N-<br />

substituted pyrroles in the α-position<br />

[ , ] 99 100 , it was intended to optimize existing methods to afford<br />

only pyrrole (17). Furthermore, the need for a clean mono-halogenation reaction was motivated by<br />

the high instability of halogenated pyrroles which would make the purification of such type of<br />

compounds relatively tedious. The classical bromination reaction using elementary bromine in<br />

carbon tetrachloride only afforded a mixture of mono and polybrominated products as revealed by<br />

gas chromatography analysis. The method described by M.P. Cava, Y.A. Jackson et al.<br />

[ ] 101 to<br />

mono-brominate the parent pyrrole, using 1,3-dibromo-5,5-dimethylhydantoin and catalytic<br />

amounts of azoisobutyronitrile (AIBN) in tetrahydrofuran, when applied to pyrrole (14), afforded a<br />

6 : 91 : 3 ratio of starting material, mono-brominated pyrrole (17) and 2,5-dibromo-N-(1-<br />

phenylethyl)pyrrole (18) respectively, and was slightly improved when no AIBN was used (3.5 : 94<br />

: 2.5). This result, however inspired the use of N-bromosuccinimide (NBS) in tetrahydrofuran at<br />

- 75°C, and gave very good results when NBS was added solid and portionwise. The desired<br />

monobrominated pyrrole (17) was thus obtained together with dibrominated pyrrole (18) in a 98 : 2<br />

ratio as revealed by gas chromatography and 1 H NMR analysis, and could be purified by fractional<br />

crystallization to give pure pyrrole (17) in 71% yield. Dibrominated products was two unstable and<br />

rapidly decomposed on silica gel and thus, was not isolated.


N<br />

(S)-14<br />

1) NBS, THF, - 75 °C<br />

2) - 75 °C to 25 °C<br />

16<br />

Br<br />

N N Br<br />

+ Br<br />

(S)-17, 71% 98 : 2 (S)-18<br />

Pure bromopyrrole (17) was then submitted to bromine/lithium permutation<br />

with butyllithium at - 75 °C and treated with 1/3 equivalent of triethyl phosphite.<br />

1 H NMR and thin layer chromatography analysis of the crude resulting reaction mixture<br />

showed the presence of a mixture of mono-, di-, and trisubstituted phosphines, the major<br />

product being the ethyl bis{N-[(1S)-phenylethyl]pyrrol-2-yl} phosphinite (19) which<br />

could hardly be separated from the other phosphine and phosphinite. In view to this<br />

result, a second attempt was tried and aimed at preparing the phosphinite (19)<br />

selectively. Thus, the transient lithiated pyrrole generated with butyllithium in toluene at<br />

0 °C was added to 1/2 equivalent of triethyl phosphite at - 75°C in order to prepare the<br />

dipyrrolyl phosphinite (19) exclusively. This last reaction still gave a mixture of the<br />

different substitution pattern products, but in much smaller proportions and allowed a<br />

column chromatography isolation of phosphinite (19) in 47% yield. Although<br />

characterization of the desired product was effected by 1 H, 13 C and 31P NMR, all<br />

attempts of further purifications to provide analytically pure material for elemental<br />

analysis failed. Further attempts to convert phosphinite (19) into a crystalline derivative<br />

by means of phenyllithium resulted in no reaction, probably due to steric hindrance<br />

around the phosphorus atom.<br />

Br<br />

N<br />

(S)-17<br />

1) LiC 4H 9, Toluene, 0 °C<br />

2) P(OC 2H 5) 3 (0.5 équiv.)<br />

O P<br />

N<br />

(S,S)-19, 47%<br />

As in the case of binaphthyl phosphinite (5), the phosphinite (19) obtained was<br />

believed to be an interesting phosphorylating reagent for preparing chiral ligands and<br />

would be an alternative to chiral phosphine where the phosphorus atom is bearing the<br />

chiral information [72, 73] . As a more efficient and convenient access to phosphinite (19)<br />

was sought, the more robust and easily purified 2-chloro-N-(1-phenylethyl)pyrrole (20)<br />

was prepared in an almost quantitative way by reproducing the previously described<br />

selective mono-halogenation conditions with N-chlorosuccinimide (NCS). Chlorination<br />

of the pyrrole (14) in tetrahydrofuran at - 75 °C was much slower than its bromination<br />

2


17<br />

and gave only the mono-chlorinated pyrrole at the 2-position in 74% after distillation.<br />

Gas chromatography analysis of the crude reaction mixture revealed the presence of the<br />

expected chloropyrrole (20) together with a by-product in a 4 : 1 ratio. This latter<br />

product could be isolated as crystalline material in 11% and was identified as the N-{1-<br />

[(1S)-phenylethyl]pyrrol-2-yl} succinimide (21) stemming from the addition of<br />

succinimide on the chloropyrrole (20).<br />

N<br />

(S)-14<br />

1) NCS, THF, - 75 °C<br />

2) - 75 °C to 25 °C<br />

Cl<br />

N + N N<br />

(S)-20, 74% (S)-21, 11%<br />

The standard Grignard reaction conditions applied to chloropyrrole (20) in<br />

tetrahydrofuran with commercial magnesium turning did not produce any trace of<br />

organometallic species. Conditions were then varied by changing solvents or reaction<br />

temperatures, and the formation of the Grignard reagent was followed by gas chromatography<br />

after trapping of an aliquot with carbon dioxide and subsequent esterification with<br />

diazomethane. Since only small amounts of Grignard species could be formed this way,<br />

several activated magnesium were tried<br />

[ ] 102 before R.D. Rieke's conditions<br />

O<br />

O<br />

[ ] 103 revealed<br />

effective and afforded the expected enantiomerically pure N-[(1R)-phenylethyl]pyrrole-2-<br />

carboxylic acid (22) in 74% after crystallization although this yield was determined to be of<br />

97% by gas chromatography when the reaction was ran with an internal calibrated standard.<br />

Cl<br />

N<br />

(S)-20<br />

1) K, MgCl 2, KI, reflux<br />

ClMg<br />

N<br />

2) CO 2, THF<br />

3) HCl 10%<br />

HOOC<br />

N<br />

(S)-22, 74%<br />

These conditions to produce the active magnesium chloride species were then<br />

applied for the preparation of the phosphinite (19). Unfortunately, the same generated<br />

Grignard reagent, when treated with 1/2 equivalent of triethyl phosphite gave only lower<br />

yields of less pure product due to the difficulty to remove the magnesium salts. Few more<br />

trials with other phosphites resulted either in lower reaction rate in the case of triphenyl<br />

phosphite or in the formation of the corresponding methyldipyrrolylphosphine oxide<br />

presumably by Michaelis-Arbuzov rearrangement as already encountered by H. Gilman and J.<br />

Robinson<br />

[ ] 104 .


3 Alkaline Decomposition of Phosphonium Salts: A<br />

Probe to Assess Relative Stabilities of Alkyl Anions<br />

19<br />

Carbanion chemistry plays a central role in modern synthetic organic chemistry.<br />

This relationship has grown up at an extremely rapid pace since the 1960's, due to the<br />

commercial availability of a variety of alkyllithium species, and the development of<br />

efficient organometallic procedures<br />

[ ] 105 . In fact, carbanions are not only involved as<br />

nucleophiles in various chemical processes, but also as bases since deprotonation is often<br />

required to initiate a reaction. This latter property made accessible many structural types<br />

of transient reactive species which are highly valuable as synthetic units since they<br />

generally undergo efficient carbon-carbon bond formation with various electrophiles. To<br />

fine-tune the reaction conditions and select the most suitable reagent for a given<br />

transformation, it is not enough to know that carbanions are globally reactive entities.<br />

What we need is kind of a yardstick that allows us to evaluate the relative chemical<br />

potential of any individual carbanionic reagent.<br />

Despite the interest there would obviously be in the knowledge of their relative<br />

stabilities, little is known about the simple hydrocarbon carbanions. For that purpose, few<br />

investigations have been conducted to collect informations about the "acidity" of simple<br />

alkanes, either in gas phase [106 - 108] or in solution [109 - 112] .<br />

3.1 Gas Phase Acidities of Alkanes<br />

The study of the gas phase chemistry of ionic species is of considerable<br />

importance since it allows an assessment of the intrinsic molecular properties in the<br />

absence of complex interactions with solvent molecules. Thus, in many instances, gas<br />

phase data allow one to discern whether correlations deduced from solution phase data can<br />

legitimately be interpreted in terms of properties of isolated molecules or should be<br />

attributed to solvation phenomena. Although the gas phase acidities of a large number of


20<br />

organic molecules have been determined [113 - 116] , those of many of the simplest, namely<br />

the linear and cyclic alkanes, remain to be established. This specific lack of information<br />

accounts for the very weak acidity of such compounds which hardly generate the<br />

corresponding carbanion in the gas phase<br />

[ ] 117 and thus do not afford any thermodynamic<br />

°<br />

data evaluation. The exact acidity of methane ∆H CH ) [i.e. proton affinity, PA(CH4)]<br />

acid ( 4<br />

was calculated by means of a Born-Haber thermodynamic cycle (Figure 1) and using the<br />

relationship PA(CH4) = D°(H3C-H) + IP(H · ) - EA(CH3 · ), involving the homolytic<br />

bond-dissociation energy of methane D°(H3C-H) [118] , the ionization potential of hydrogen<br />

IP(H · ) [119] , and the electronic affinity of the methyl radical EA(CH3 · ) [120] .<br />

D ° (H 3C-H)<br />

PA (CH 4)<br />

H3CH CH3 + H<br />

CH 3<br />

+ H<br />

CH3 +<br />

IP (H )<br />

Figure 1. Born-Haber cycle for the<br />

determination of PA(CH4).<br />

- EA (CH 3 )<br />

Unfortunately, some of these thermodynamical values are unavailable for other<br />

alkanes, which made the determination of their acidity impossible by this way. As a<br />

consequence, C.H. DePuy, R. Damrauer et al. [108] devised a kinetic method for studying<br />

extremely weak acids such as alkanes. By treatment of alkyltrimethylsilanes with<br />

hydroxide ions in a flowing afterglow-selected ion flow tube (FA-SIFT), they could<br />

produce a mixture of alkyldimethylsiloxide ions by loss of methane and trimethylsiloxide<br />

ions by loss of alkane. Going by the linear correlation between the ratios of siloxide ions<br />

formed and the pKa's of the expelled alkanes reported by C. Eaborn et al. [121] , C.H.<br />

DePuy, R. Damrauer et al. [108] determined the relative basicities of methyl and various<br />

alkyl anions. Furthermore, a calibration of this method by making use of the known<br />

acidity of methane and benzene, allowed the deduction of the exact gas phase acidity of a<br />

series of alkanes. In parallel to endeavors in establishing a "gas phase acidity scale" of<br />

various hydrocarbons, several research groups investigated the behavior of various<br />

carbanions in solution.<br />

H


3.2 Alkyl Carbanions Stabilities in Solution<br />

hydrocarbons<br />

21<br />

A few pioneering studies first carried out acidity measurements of<br />

[109, , ] 122 123 such as indene, or phenylfluorene where the carbanions enjoyed<br />

conjugative stabilization. The equilibrium studied were the exchange reactions of the type:<br />

where M was sodium or potassium. Because of the non-polar media and of probable<br />

covalent character in the RM bonds, it was not possible to derive Ka's which could be<br />

compared quantitatively to those of stronger acids in aqueous media. Furthermore, none of<br />

the techniques thus far described have been generally applicable to the less acidic<br />

hydrogens found in simple hydrocarbons.<br />

In order to evaluate the relative stabilities of carbanions derived from weakly acid<br />

hydrocarbons, D.E. Applequist and D.F. O'Brien<br />

[110] later studied equilibria by<br />

permutational halogen/metal interconversion between cyclic (cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl) or<br />

linear alkanes (ethyl, propyl, isobutyl, neopentyl). To determine equilibrium constants the<br />

metalated substrates were added to halogenated ones and samples regularly withdrawn<br />

were treated with water to replace lithium by hydrogen. Intending to avoid possible<br />

complications due to the Wurtz coupling, and the dehydrohalogenation side reactions,<br />

R.E. Dessy et al.<br />

RH + R'M RM + R'H<br />

[111] rather studied metal-metal exchange reactions between<br />

organomagnesium and organomercuric species, relying on the fact that the most stable<br />

carbanions would prefer to be paired to the most electropositive element. Although<br />

meritorious, these earlier endeavors suffered a major problem. As the authors<br />

admitted [110] , an ambiguity remained whether the results obtained were indeed reflecting<br />

relative stabilities of carbanions in a quantitative way or whether they were partially<br />

influenced by aggregation of the metallic species [47] . In conclusion, none of the<br />

equilibrium techniques devised to sort carbanionic stabilities<br />

[110, 111, , ] 124 125 could afford<br />

accurate data concerning simple alkyl groups, devoid of any other factors' influence.


3.3 Assessment of the Relative Ease of Alkyl Expulsion<br />

from Phosphonium Salts<br />

22<br />

The new method developed during this thesis work for quantitatively determining the<br />

relative stabilities of various carbanions, and particularly the alkyl ones, was based on the use of<br />

the alkaline decomposition of phosphonium halides. On the basis of their precursor work on this<br />

field, G.W. Fenton and C.K. Ingold [30] postulated that the ease of expulsion of one of the<br />

phosphonium substituents was governed by the stability of its related anion. These authors, and<br />

more recently H.R. Hays and R.G. Laughlin [52] treated a series of mixed phosphonium salts<br />

bearing phenyl, allyl, benzyl or various alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, dodecyl or<br />

tridodecyl under alkaline conditions and evaluated the ratios of the different products formed. The<br />

decomposition of dodecyltrimethyl or tridodecylmethyl phosphonium hydroxide [52] gave in both<br />

cases, only one phosphine oxide and its associated alkane, corresponding to the expulsion of the<br />

most stable methyl carbanion. On the other hand, when decomposing phosphonium salts bearing<br />

different but more similar groups such as ethyltripropyl or triethylpropyl phosphonium salts, G.W.<br />

Fenton and C.K. Ingold [30] obtained a mixture of tripropyl and ethyldipropyl phosphine oxide or<br />

of diethylpropyl and triethyl phosphine oxide, respectively, and the corresponding alkanes.<br />

Unfortunately, since the quantification of the reaction products was relying on gas evolution<br />

measurements and isolation of the oxides by distillation, the data collected were only qualitative<br />

or, to some extent, gave a vague idea of the relative ease of expulsion for the different alkyl<br />

substituents. From these results, the different author involved in these studies proposed an<br />

approximate scale of stability for various carbanions:<br />

benzyl, allyl > phenyl > methyl > ethyl, higher primary alkyls<br />

The aim of this new method was to provide accurate and quantitative data for a series of<br />

primary but also previously unstudied secondary and tertiary alkyl substituents to probe relative<br />

stabilities of alkyl carbanions and discuss the different parameters influencing their leaving<br />

ability. As a matter of fact, even if few primary alkyl anions have been already described [29, 30, 52] ,<br />

be it only qualitatively, no reports concerning secondary or tertiary alkyl anions stabilities in<br />

solution have so far been published. The lack of informations for the alkaline decomposition of<br />

tetraalkyl phosphonium salts probably partially accounts for the chemical properties of<br />

alkylphosphine compounds which are fairly difficult to handle and easily prone to oxidation.<br />

Furthermore, the collected results of this study were analyzed by the light of various mechanistic<br />

discussions concerning the alkaline decomposition of phosphoniums halides.


3.3.1 Mechanistic Discussion on the Alkaline Decomposition of<br />

Phosphonium Salts<br />

23<br />

Although various authors [29 - 35] assumed this decomposition to proceed trough<br />

several independent equilibrated or irreversible steps, the kinetics and other results reported<br />

thus far could perfectly match with other alternative mechanisms. A concerted mechanism<br />

involving a pentavalent hydroxyphosphorane and a hydroxide ion could also be consistent<br />

with the products obtained. This mechanistic pathway would then directly produce an alkane<br />

without formation of a free carbanion as proposed by C.K Ingold et al. [29, 30] .<br />

R 1<br />

P<br />

R3 R 4<br />

R2 K HO<br />

I<br />

HO<br />

R 4<br />

R 1<br />

P<br />

+ KI<br />

R 3<br />

R 2<br />

K HO<br />

R1 R2 O H<br />

H<br />

K<br />

O P<br />

According to the Bell-Evans-Polanyi theory<br />

R 4<br />

R 3<br />

R 2<br />

P<br />

R3R4 + R1H O<br />

[ - ] 126 128 and provided that the different<br />

reactants involved are being slightly polarized, the concerted alternative for this reaction<br />

would require lower activation energy than its non-concerted analog. As a matter of fact, if<br />

the cleavage of the P−R 1 bond (increase of the r P…R 1 distance) occurs simultaneously to the<br />

formation of the R 1 −H bond (decrease of the r R 1 …H distance) the system can lower its<br />

activation energy by a "concertation energy" factor. The amount of this stabilisation energy<br />

essentially depends, as explained by R.P. Bell [128] , and M.G. Evans and M. Polanyi [126, 127] ,<br />

on the ability of both bonds involved to be polarized. The concerted mechanism proposed, if<br />

consistent, would possibly imply that the relative ease of substituent expulsion could be also<br />

governed by other factors than the carbanion stability such as steric strains. Indeed, if no free<br />

carbanions but only alkanes are produced, a question had to be adressed: does a negative<br />

partial charge show up on the alkyl substituent in the course of the decomposition and to what<br />

extent does it influence the departure of the alkyl group?<br />

An evidence for the presence of a partial negative charge on the leaving alkyl group<br />

was provided by surveying the effects of substituents on the alkaline decomposition of several<br />

substituted triarylbenzylphosphoniums salts. H. Hoffmann [32] first reported the dependence of<br />

the alkaline cleavage rate of variously p-substituted-benzyltriphenylphosphonium salts.<br />

Electron withdrawing substituents caused acceleration of the rate of decomposition whereas<br />

electron donating ones had the opposite effect. Application of the Hammett equation<br />

[ ] 129 gave<br />

a good correlation and afforded a rate factor ρ of +4.62 [36] . This result clearly showed the<br />

importance of electron withdrawing substituents in stabilizing an anionic character developed


24<br />

on the leaving alkyl group during the rate determining step of alkaline decomposition. Other<br />

investigations on substituent effects were ran with o- and p-substituted-benzyltriphenyl phosphonium<br />

salts in different conditions<br />

[36, - ] 130 132 and showed ρ ranging from +2.2 to +5.6. Values of ρ ranging<br />

from +4 to +5 are in good agreement with other known base-promoted reactions in which benzylic<br />

carbanions in hydroxylic solvents are proposed as intermediates<br />

[ , ] 133 134 . It was thus believed, at that<br />

stage, that the relative ease of alkyl expulsion was governed by the stabilities of the corresponding<br />

carbanions. However, B. Siegel [131] interestingly reported a Hammett analysis for variously<br />

substituted Y-benzyltriphenyl phosphonium bromides in which σ – for substituents on the benzyl<br />

group (Y) were graphed against log kY (kY being the third order rate constant of alkaline<br />

decomposition of the salt). The plot, unfortunately, did not support a linear correlation which would be<br />

expected if a carbanionic character was developed on the leaving group, and delocalized to the entire<br />

aromatic ring, in the course on the expulsion of an alkyl carbanion. In contrast, a plot of those log kY<br />

against σ gave a very good linear correlation (r = 0.99) with a slope ρ of +3.7. In view to those results,<br />

it can be assumed that a polarization or partial negative charge is present on the leaving benzylic group<br />

in the rate determining step but no proper negative charge is delocalized to the whole aromatic ring.<br />

This assumption thus agrees with the hypothesis of a concerted expulsion-reprotonation of the alkyl<br />

group.<br />

Another argument favoring a concerted version of the alkaline decomposition of<br />

phosphonium salts was suggested by a work reported by C. Eaborn et al.<br />

[ ] 135 . Indeed, they assumed<br />

that for a similar decomposition of silicon and tin compounds, the expelled anions were not<br />

completely free but rather protonated as formed. When performing the reaction in MeOH−MeOD<br />

(1:1) they observed kinetic isotope effects of kH/kD of 1.4 to 4.6 depending on the substrates. J.R.<br />

Corfield and S. Trippett<br />

[ ] 136 later performed alkaline decompositions of tetraphenylphosphonium<br />

iodide and cumyltriphenylphosphonium iodide in H2O/D2O (1:1) and observed kinetic isotope effects<br />

kH/kD of 1.22 and 1.21 respectively. These differences in reaction rates, even if lower than those<br />

observed by C. Eaborn et al. [135] , can be explained by a mechanism of phosphonium salt<br />

decomposition in which, in the rate-determining step, little breaking of the P−R bond has occurred<br />

while there is a corresponding little transfer of a proton to the incipient carbanion. Furthermore, since<br />

isotopic effects are dependent from the reaction solvents involved, the range of kH/kD values obtained<br />

by J.R. Corfield and S. Trippett [136] can not be directly correlated to those obtained by C. Eaborn [135] .<br />

δ<br />

(1−δ)<br />

H<br />

C<br />

P<br />

O<br />

O


25<br />

The assumption reported by these authors were based on the fact that a "free"<br />

carbanion is so reactive that it would presumably not significantly discriminate between a<br />

proton and a deuterium in the rate determining step. In contrast, a partially polarized and<br />

concerted transition state such as the one proposed above could show a more contrasted<br />

reactivity toward reprotonation with deuterated solvent or not. This hypothesis was later<br />

consolidated by a work of F.Y. Khalil and G. Aksnes<br />

[ ] 137 in which they observed kinetic<br />

isotope effects of larger magnitude, ranging from 1.55 to 2.36 depending on the temperature<br />

of decomposition for tetraphenylphosphonium chloride in dioxane/H2O or dioxane/D2O<br />

mixtures. These latter experimental observations, though not completely unequivocal, do fully<br />

support the Hammett analyses according to what the alkaline decomposition would rather<br />

proceed through a concerted mechanism.<br />

Since electron-withdrawing substituents obviously accelerate the rate of the alkaline<br />

decomposition of phosphonium salts, but no completely delocalized negative charge is<br />

apparently formed in the course of the rate determining step, it was still legitimate to believe<br />

that the ease of alkyl expulsion from the salt was somehow influenced by their ability to<br />

accommodate a negative charge. In contrast, if a concerted mechanism appeared to be favored<br />

in the light of the arguments discussed, steric factors could influence, to some extent, the<br />

departure of one alkyl substituent rather than the other. As a matter of fact, it is known that<br />

intramolecular strains play an important role on the rate of nucleophilic substitutions and<br />

particularly SN2 type reactions<br />

[ ] 138 . In this context, the results collected in this study will be<br />

discussed and compared to those reported in the literature, to evaluate the importance of front-<br />

strains (F-strains) as well as back-strains (B-strains), which could direct the course of the<br />

decomposition reaction.<br />

3.3.2 Principle of the Method Devised<br />

For the purpose of this study, a series of phosphonium halides bearing two different<br />

types of alkyl substituents were prepared and submitted to alkaline decomposition in a<br />

butanol/water mixture. On the basis of the alkaline decomposition mechanism commonly<br />

assumed [29 - 34] , a plausible energetic profile is proposed in figure 2 to illustrate the principle<br />

of the study endeavored herein. It was, in this case, assumed that the ratio of the phosphine<br />

oxides obtained should be directly proportional to the difference in free enthalpy between<br />

≠<br />

both products (mentioned as G in Figure 2). As a matter of fact, the crucial elimination<br />

∆∆ 12<br />

1<br />

step where one alkyl group (for example, R ) is expelled rather than the other one present on


26<br />

the reacting phosphonium salt (R 2 ), occurs in an irreversible process from the common<br />

pentavalent phosphorus intermediate (Figure 2). From the ratio measured experimentally, it<br />

was assumed that one can deduce the relative kinetic constant:<br />

n<br />

k 1/<br />

2 =<br />

n<br />

where n1 and n2 are the amount of phosphine oxides 1 and 2 respectively formed.<br />

Finally, the use of the Eyring equation allows the determination of the activation free enthalpy<br />

difference which was thought to be representative of the relative ease of the alkyl substituents<br />

to accommodate a carbanionic character according to the Bell-Evans-Polanyi Theory [126 - 128] :<br />

G<br />

R 1<br />

P<br />

R 2<br />

R 1 R 2<br />

+ KOH<br />

X<br />

1<br />

R 1<br />

R 1<br />

R 2<br />

P<br />

R2 OH<br />

2<br />

∆∆ 12<br />

≠<br />

R 1<br />

R 1<br />

G = −RT<br />

ln k = α ∆∆G<br />

R 2<br />

P<br />

R2 O<br />

∆G 1<br />

3'<br />

3<br />

∆G 2<br />

1<br />

2<br />

1/<br />

2<br />

∆∆G 12<br />

o<br />

12<br />

R 1 R 2<br />

P<br />

R O 1<br />

0<br />

∆∆G12 R<br />

P<br />

O<br />

2 R 2<br />

R1 + R 2 H<br />

+ R 1 H<br />

Reaction Coordinates<br />

Figure 2. Energetic profile of the alkaline decomposition of phosphonium<br />

salts in case of a non concerted mechanism.


27<br />

However, in the eventuality of an effective concerted mechanism as discussed<br />

previously, the front and back strains occurring in the transition state could distort the results<br />

obtained. Indeed, internal strains if not negligible, could either accentuate or counterbalance<br />

the "negative partial charge stabilization" parameter which was aimed in this work. The<br />

results presented in chapter 3.3.5 will possibly help to address this crucial issue and provide<br />

new mechanistic insight on the alkaline decomposition of phoshonium salts.<br />

3.3.3 Qualitative and Quantitative Analysis of the Reaction Products<br />

For each experiment, stoichiometric amounts of phosphonium salt and internal standard<br />

(tributylphosphine oxide or triisopropylphosphine oxide) were submitted to the alkaline reaction<br />

conditions in a thermostated bath at 110 °C. A possible side reaction in alkaline conditions was<br />

the β-elimination of hydrogen from the phosphonium salt, leading to the formation of an alkene<br />

and a corresponding tertiary phosphine. Although such process had never been reported for<br />

phosphonium salts and does not seem favored [30] under these conditions, it was deemed of capital<br />

importance to check the complete absence of these undesired by-products which could distort the<br />

results collected. Thus, during the whole reaction time, the gas evolutions were passed through a<br />

[ ]<br />

solution of bromine 139 in chloroform to detect the presence of alkenes. After the excess of<br />

elementary bromine had been neutralized, the organic layer was systematically analyzed by gas<br />

chromatography to detect any traces of possible dibrominated alkanes. Fortunately, this safety<br />

measure followed the expectations and never revealed any detectable traces of such by-products.<br />

Due to the volatility of the alkane products formed during the alkaline decomposition<br />

of phosphonium salts, the relative amounts of those species could not be quantified by gas<br />

chromatography. Furthermore, the quantitative analysis of the phosphorus derivatives formed<br />

was first attempted, but gave non-reproducible results, probably due to an uncomplete<br />

combustion of the phosphine oxide in the flame ionization detector (FID) which is known to<br />

be the most accurate gas chromatography quantification technique. Thus, the ratios of both<br />

possible phosphine oxides formed in the course of the decomposition reactions were<br />

systematically quantified by 31 P NMR analysis. The assignment of each peak in the NMR<br />

spectra of the crude mixture was effected by comparison with the spectra of each single<br />

authentic phosphine oxides prepared independently. In this context, the NMR spectroscopy<br />

appeared to be a useful and convenient method for this type of study since the 31 P NMR<br />

spectra did not suffer any parasite signal making the interpretation or measurement inaccurate<br />

[ ]<br />

and the spectral window was wide enough to avoid any superimposition of peaks 140 .


28<br />

Furthermore, the intensities of all signals were directly proportional to the amount of each<br />

product present in the mixture, which allowed direct determination of the k1/2 values with<br />

respect to the internal standard used. In order to get accurate results and devoid of any artifact,<br />

the 31 P NMR spectra were recorded in a nondecoupling mode since it is known that the<br />

Nuclear Overhauser Effect (NOE) causes changes in the peak intensities during the 1 H<br />

decoupling process<br />

[ ] 141 . On the other hand, for the peak intensities to be effectively<br />

relevant to the exact amount of each product quantified, the 31 P nucleus relaxation time<br />

(T1) had to be determined and set by classical NMR techniques so that all considered<br />

nuclei went back to equilibrium. Under these conditions, the 31 P NMR analysis could<br />

afford accurate and quantitative results.<br />

To determine the standard deviation on each measurement, a series of phosphine<br />

oxide pairs were prepared in different extreme ratios (ranging from 1 : 1 until 99 : 1) by<br />

accurately weighting the substances. 31 P NMR analyses of each of these mixtures in the<br />

above mentioned conditions revealed an average standard deviation of 0.5% (see<br />

Experimental Part). Quantitative 31 P NMR analysis technique has been extensively used<br />

during the last two decades for enantiomeric excess (ee) determinations of chiral alcohols,<br />

diols and amines using phosphorus chiral derivatization agents (CDA)<br />

[ - ] 142 146 . B.L.<br />

Feringa et al. [143, 145] and A. Alexakis et al. [142, 144, 146] reported average incertitudes on<br />

the measure in good agreement with those determined in this study when using this<br />

technique of quantification. Finally, for the sake of testing the reproducibility of the<br />

results, the data reported for each phosphonium halide were measured as an average of<br />

three separate runs carried out in the same experimental conditions.<br />

3.3.4 Starting Materials and Reference Substances<br />

For the determination of relative alkyl anions stabilities, all the starting mixed<br />

tetraalkylphosphonium halides had to be prepared by quaternarization of the<br />

corresponding tertiary alkylphosphines with the appropriate alkyl halide. On the other<br />

hand, all the phosphine oxides which could possibly form during alkaline decomposition<br />

reactions also had to be prepared to serve as authentic reference compounds for 31 P NMR<br />

assignment. These oxides were in most cases, synthesized by simple oxidation of the<br />

tertiary phosphine already prepared.


29<br />

To prepare tertiary phosphines bearing two different types of alkyl substituents,<br />

the choice of dichloro-N,N-diethylaminophosphine<br />

[ ] 147 as starting material was found to<br />

be the most judicious. As a matter of fact, the use of organometallic reagents to selectively<br />

substitute one or two chlorine atoms from phosphorus trichloride resulted, in most cases,<br />

in a mixture of mono-, di- and trisubstituted phosphines. On the contrary, at low<br />

temperature it was possible to treat dichloro-N,N-diethylaminophosphine with two<br />

equivalents of an alkyllithium or alkylmagnesium reagent without any P-N bond cleavage,<br />

affording a series of dialkyl-N,N-diethylaminophosphines 24a - 24d with moderate to<br />

excellent yield (Table 2).<br />

PCl 3<br />

HNEt 2, DEE<br />

- 75 °C to 25 °C<br />

Cl<br />

P<br />

N Cl<br />

23, 85%<br />

RLi or RMgX<br />

- 75 °C<br />

R<br />

P<br />

N R<br />

24a - 24d<br />

Table 2. Dialkyl-N,N-diethylaminophosphines R2PN(C2H5)2.<br />

Product R = RLi or RMgX Yield<br />

24a -C(CH3)3 LiC(CH3)3 89%<br />

[ ] 148<br />

24b -C4H9 LiC4H9 88% [147]<br />

24c -C2H5 H5C2MgBr 81% [147]<br />

24d -CH3 LiCH3 49%<br />

Each dialkyl-N,N-diethylaminophosphine of the series 24a - 24d was then<br />

converted to the corresponding chlorophosphines 25a - 25d using a novel efficient<br />

method. Treatment of phosphines 24a - 24d with a 4.8 M hydrogen chloride solution in<br />

diethyl ether rather than with gaseous hydrogen chloride [147] gave<br />

dialkylchlorophosphines 25a - 25d with better yields (Table 3) and a more convenient<br />

work up procedure. Other attempts to prepare 25a - 25d from aminophosphine 23 in a one<br />

pot synthesis gave comparable overall yields, without isolation of the intermediate<br />

dialkylaminophosphines 24a - 24d.<br />

[ ] 149


R<br />

P<br />

N R<br />

24a - 24d<br />

30<br />

HCl / DEE 4.8 M<br />

- 75 °C to 25 °C<br />

Cl<br />

R<br />

P<br />

R<br />

25a - 25d<br />

Table 3. Dialkylchlorophosphines R2PCl.<br />

Product R = Yield<br />

25a -C(CH3)3 79%<br />

[ ] 150<br />

25b -C4H9 86% [147]<br />

25c -C2H5 64%<br />

25d -CH3 47%<br />

Mixed tertiary phosphines bearing two different alkyl groups were then<br />

prepared either from chlorophosphines 25a - 25d or from chlorodicyclohexylphosphine<br />

(25e) or Chlorodiisopropylphosphine (25f). The latter two chlorophosphines 25e and 25f<br />

were prepared according to a procedure described by W. Voskuil and J.F. Arens<br />

Treatment of these chlorophosphines with the suitable organometallic reagent afforded a<br />

series of mixed trialkyl phosphines 26a - 26k with moderate to good yields (Table 4).<br />

Cl<br />

R<br />

P R<br />

25a - 25f<br />

R 'Li or R 'MgX<br />

DEE or THF, - 75 °C<br />

R '<br />

[ ] 151<br />

[ ] 152<br />

R<br />

P R<br />

26a - 26k<br />

[ ] 153 .


31<br />

Table 4. Mixed tertiary alkylphosphines R2R'P.<br />

Substrate R = R'Li or R'MgX Product R' = Yield<br />

-C(CH3)3 (25a) LiC4H9 -C4H9 (26a) 83%<br />

-C(CH3)3 (25a) (CH3)2CHMgCl -CH(CH3)2 (26b) 52%<br />

-C(CH3)3 (25a) LiCH3 -CH3 (26c) 63%<br />

-C4H9 (25b) (CH3)3CCH2MgBr -CH2C(CH3)3 (26d) 65%<br />

-C4H9 (25b) LiC(CH3)3 -(CH3)3 (26e) 58%<br />

-C4H9 (25b) LiCH3 -CH3 (26f) 84%<br />

-C2H5 (25c) LiC4H9 -C4H9 (26g) 51%<br />

-CH3 (25d) LiC(CH3)3 -C(CH3)3 (26h) 67%<br />

-CH3 (25d) LiC4H9 -C4H9 (26i) 68% [38]<br />

-C6H11 (25e) LiC4H9 -C4H9 (26j) 82%<br />

-CH(CH3)2 (25f) LiCH3 -CH3 (26k) 69%<br />

The trialkyl phosphine oxides 27a - 27h were then prepared by simple oxidation<br />

of the corresponding tertiary phosphines 26a, 26b, 26d, 26e, 26g, and 26i - 26k with<br />

hydrogen peroxide in diethyl ether at 0 °C<br />

[ ] 154<br />

[ ] 155<br />

[ ] 156<br />

[ ] 157<br />

[ ] 158<br />

[ ] 159 . These phosphine oxides were obtained<br />

in very good yield (75 to 93%) after distillation or sublimation in the case of solid<br />

compounds and served as authentic samples for NMR comparison with the crude<br />

products derived from phosphonium salt decompositions (Table 5).<br />

R'<br />

R<br />

P R<br />

26a, b, d, e, g, i - k<br />

30% H2O 2<br />

DEE, 0 °C<br />

R O<br />

P<br />

R' R<br />

27a - 27h


32<br />

Table 5. Trialkylphosphine oxides R2R'P(O).<br />

Product R = R' = Yield<br />

27a -C(CH3)3 -C4H9 87%<br />

27b -C(CH3)3 -CH(CH3)2 88%<br />

27c -C4H9 -CH2C(CH3)3 86%<br />

27d -C4H9 -C(CH3)3 75%<br />

27e -C2H5 -C4H9 78% [37]<br />

27f -CH3 -C4H9 84% [38]<br />

27g -C6H11 -C4H9 93%<br />

27h -CH(CH3)2 -CH3 86%<br />

Other phosphine oxides needed as reference substances were prepared by means of<br />

known procedure from the literature. Thus, di-tert-butylmethylphosphine oxide (27i) was<br />

prepared by Michaelis-Arbuzov rearrangement of methyldi-tert-butylphosphinite<br />

[ ] 160<br />

[ ] 161<br />

[ ] 162 with<br />

iodomethane, whereas dibutylmethylphosphine oxide (27j) and tert-butyldimethylposphine<br />

oxide (27k) where obtained by reaction of butylmagnesium bromide or methylmagnesium<br />

bromide with methylphosphonic dichloride and tert-butylphosphonic dichloride<br />

respectively<br />

[ ] 163 . Finally, the quaternary phosphonium halides were obtained from mixed<br />

trialkyl phosphines 26a, 26c, 26d, and 26f by reaction with the appropriate alkyl halide in<br />

diethyl ether. The hygroscopic products were collected simple filtration under anhydrous<br />

conditions to give the starting phosphonium salts 28a - 28d (see § 3.3.4) which were further<br />

decomposed under alkaline conditions.<br />

3.3.5 Alkaline Decomposition of Phosphonium Halides<br />

Several solvents, concentrations and water / solvent ratios were initially tried before<br />

optimum conditions have been found for the alkaline decomposition reaction. First of all, a<br />

dimethylsulfoxide/water mixture was chosen for the alkaline decomposition of<br />

dibutyldimethylphosphonium iodide (28a), di-tert-butyldimethylphosphonium iodide (28b)<br />

[ 164 ]<br />

and dibutyldi-tert-butylphosphonium iodide (28c) at 60 °C. The use of this polar aprotic<br />

solvent was mainly governed by its ability to enhance the nucleophilic activity of hydroxide<br />

ions to accelerate the reaction rate which is known to be relatively slow in the case of<br />

tetraalkylphosphonium salts<br />

[ , ] 165 166 . However, since the results collected in these conditions


33<br />

were comparable to those obtained with a more classical butanol/water (8 : 2) mixture at<br />

110 °C, and removal of the alcohol during work up was more convenient, this alcoholic<br />

reaction media was chosen instead.<br />

This study was not meant to be exhaustive but tried to select pertinent starting<br />

substrates which allowed the comparison of primary, secondary and tertiary alkyl anion<br />

stabilities in a systematic manner. Thus different primary alkyl carbanions were first<br />

compared with each other, by studying the alkaline decomposition of three<br />

tetraalkylphosphonium iodides bearing only primary alkyl groups. Decomposition of<br />

tributylneopentylphosphonium iodide (28d) in a butanol/water mixture with an excess of<br />

potassium hydroxide at 110 °C led to a mixture of tributylphosphine oxide and<br />

dibutylneopentylphosphine oxide in a 17 : 83 ratio.<br />

H9C4OH / H2O (8 : 2)<br />

P I P O +<br />

P O<br />

KOH, 110 °C<br />

28d<br />

17 : 83<br />

+ +<br />

This ratio, after statistical corrections, related to a relative rate constant<br />

k1/2 = 1.63 (±0.10) and revealed the butyl group to be cleaved more rapidly than its neopentyl<br />

congener with a difference in activation free enthalpy of ∆∆G ≠ = 0.37 (±0.06) kcal·mol -1 . On<br />

the basis of an expulsion governed by the relative stabilities of the corresponding carbanions<br />

expelled, this difference in energy was expected due to the presence of the strong electron<br />

releasing tertiary carbon center on the neopentyl groups. However, despite the presence of a<br />

tertiary electron releasing carbon on the neopentyl substituent, this value appeared to be<br />

relatively modest. More interestingly, when the two other phosphonium salts bearing four<br />

primary alkyl groups were decomposed, only one phosphine oxide was formed quantitatively<br />

in each case. As a matter of fact, when treated in alkaline conditions for 48 h at 110 °C,<br />

dibutyldimethylphosphonium iodide (28a) and butyltriethylphosphonium iodide (28e)<br />

gave only dibutylmethylphosphine oxide (27j) [162] and butyldiethylphosphine oxide (27e) [37]<br />

respectively. These results suggested that, within the limits of error in determination, the<br />

methyl and the ethyl substituents are more easily expelled than the butyl one with a difference<br />

of activation free enthalpy of ∆∆G ≠ > 4.60 kcal·mol -1 .<br />

27c<br />

[ ] 167


34<br />

Primary alkyl substituents were then compared to secondary ones by means of<br />

alkaline decomposition of two mixed phosphonium halides. Butyltricyclohexylphosphonium<br />

bromide (28f) was first decomposed under the usual butanol/water alkaline medium for 72 h<br />

at 110 °C to give a mixture of butyldicyclohexylphosphine oxide (27g) and<br />

tricyclohexylphosphine oxide in a 76 : 24 ratio.<br />

P<br />

3<br />

28f<br />

H 9C 4OH / H 2O (8 : 2)<br />

Br<br />

KOH, 110 °C<br />

P<br />

2<br />

O<br />

27g<br />

+<br />

76 : 24<br />

+ +<br />

Statistical corrections finally gave a relative rate constant of k1/2 = 1.02 (±0.06)<br />

which lead to a difference in activation free enthalpy of activation between cyclohexyl and<br />

butyl expulsion of ∆∆G ≠ ~ 0.0 kcal·mol -1 . Triisopropylmethylphoshonium iodide (28g) was<br />

then also submitted to the usual alkaline treatment but, in this case, triisopropylphosphine<br />

oxide was the sole product. This result, once again attested to the relatively large difference in<br />

activation free energy between methyl and other alkyl expulsion since it can be assumed that<br />

∆∆G ≠ > 4.60 kcal·mol -1 .<br />

To assess the relative ease of alkyl cleavage between primary and tertiary groups,<br />

dibutyldi-tert-butylphosphonium iodide (28c) and di-tert-butyldimethylphosphonium iodide<br />

(28b) [164] were used as starting substrates. Phosphonium iodide 28c after alkaline<br />

decomposition gave a mixture of butyldi-tert-butylphosphine oxide (27a) and dibutyl-tert-<br />

butylphosphine oxide (27d) in a 97 : 3 ratio as revealed by 31 P NMR analysis.<br />

P I P O<br />

H9C4OH / H2O (8 : 2)<br />

28c<br />

KOH, 110 °C<br />

O<br />

P<br />

27a 27d<br />

97 : 3<br />

+ +<br />

The relative rate constant k1/2 was in this of 30.8 (±3.90) and indicated a marked<br />

difference in promptness to form tert-butane and butane [∆∆G ≠ = 2.30 (±0.10) kcal·mol -1 ]<br />

even if alkaline decomposition gave rise to the formation of both possible phosphine oxides.<br />

Finally the alkaline decomposition of di-tert-butyldimethylphosphonium iodide (28b) [164] only<br />

+<br />

H<br />

P<br />

3<br />

O


35<br />

led to the formation of di-tert-butylmethylphosphine oxide (27i) quantitatively. In view of these<br />

results, it it appears that methyl anion is formed more readily than tert-butyl anion (∆∆G ≠ ><br />

4.6 kcal·mol -1 ).<br />

The last issue of this work was finally to compare the relative cleavage readiness<br />

between a secondary and a tertiary alkyl substituent. This was effectively assessed by<br />

decomposing tri-tert-butylisopropylphosphonium iodide (28h) under the same alkaline reaction<br />

conditions. The 31 P NMR analysis of the crude product mixture showed a 93 : 7 ratio of tri-tert-<br />

butylphosphine oxide and di-tert-butylisopropylphosphine oxide (27b) respectively. These<br />

products proportions gave a relative rate constant k1/2 = 4.68 (±0.09) which translated into a<br />

difference in activation free enthalpy between the formation of tert-butane and isopropane of<br />

∆∆G ≠ = 1.18 (±0.08) kcal·mol -1 . In order to have a better overview on these results, the<br />

differences in activation free enthalpies, the results collected thus far are summarized in Figure 3.<br />

>4.60<br />

1.18 (±0.08)<br />

0.37(±0.06)<br />

~0.0<br />

C(CH 3) 3<br />

CH(CH 3) 2<br />

CH 2C(CH 3) 3<br />

C 4H 9<br />

C 2H 5<br />

CH 3<br />

2.30 (±0.10)<br />

>4.60<br />

Figure 3. Relative ease of alkane formation determined by alkaline<br />

decomposition of phosphonium salts (∆∆G ≠ in kcal·mol -1 ).<br />

>4.60


3.3.6 Relevance of the Data Assessed and Influence of the Steric<br />

Strains on Alkane Cleavage<br />

36<br />

Determination of the relative ease of cleavage for several alkyl substituents was<br />

initially meant to assess their corresponding carbanion stabilities and thus, their related<br />

basicities in solution. Although no accurate reference data are available concerning the<br />

basicities of the species studied herein, the order of cleavage promptness for all the alkyl<br />

substituents perfectly agreed with the experimental reactivity of each corresponding alkyl<br />

carbanions considered. Gas phase acidities of few alkanes have been determined by C.H.<br />

DePuy, R. Damrauer et al. [108] and show a different order for the relative stability of<br />

carbanions:<br />

-C(CH3)3 > -CH3 > -CH(CH3)2, -C2H5 (1)<br />

It is well known that gas phase acidities are dramatically different from those<br />

observed in solution<br />

[ ] 168 . The four effects currently believed to account for these tremendous<br />

variations are the polarization of the carbanions species, the possible resonance and inductive<br />

effects and the hybridization of the carbon bearing the negative charge. In the case of simple<br />

alkanes, the stabilization of the negative charge at the carbanionic center is mainly due to the<br />

[ ]<br />

polarization of the alkyl residue 169 . It is then of evidence that large alkyl anions like tertbutyl<br />

are more efficiently stabilized than smaller ones like methyl group, and thus methane is<br />

less acidic than 2-methylpropane in the gas phase. The stabilization of the same alkyl<br />

carbanions in solution are rather due to solvation, or charge delocalization by mesomeric or<br />

inductive effects. Therefore, the order of relative acidity of given substrates in solution are<br />

usually inversed compared to the gas phase values since steric hindrance usually lowers the<br />

carbanion solvation. For this study, the relative stabilities of alkyl carbanions determined in<br />

solution have been compared to the corresponding gas phase data described in the literature.<br />

According to C.H. DePuy, R. Damrauer et al. [108] , the experimental gas phase acidity order<br />

(1) was unexpected. Furthermore, these authors admitted that the effects of successive αmethyl<br />

substitutions on carbanion stability showed less consistency than that of β-methyl<br />

substitutions, and could hardly be rationalized.<br />

Although well studied in its general features, the exact mechanism still has to be<br />

settled. In this context, the conclusions made from the results collected have to me moderated<br />

due to the fact that steric strains could help favoring one expulsion rather than the other, in the<br />

rate determining step. As a matter of fact, if the concerted mechanism turned out to be the<br />

effective one, two cyclic transition states could be envisaged, as proposed in chapter 3.3.1,


37<br />

depending on the alkyl substituent expelled. It is then obvious that both possible transition<br />

states would not present comparable front and back strains, and thus the probability for each<br />

alkyl group to be cleaved would be, to some extent, influenced by these steric factors. This<br />

argument can be illustrated by the example of dibutyldi-tert-butylphosphonium iodide<br />

alkaline decomposition:<br />

For the sake of clarity, the above mentioned scheme do not show all steric strains<br />

relationships, but only the significant ones showing the difference between both possible<br />

transition states. In order to afford a much reasonable comparison between transition states,<br />

the bulkiest substituent (e.g. tert-butyl group) was arbitrary placed in axial position to reduce<br />

the steric congestion, since it is known that this type of P–C bond is slightly longer and<br />

weaker than the equatorial ones. On the scheme presented above, the transition state leading<br />

to elimination of tert-butane shows more important steric strains than the one one favoring<br />

cleavage of butane. Following this hypothesis, one can legitimately believe that cleavage of<br />

the sterically less hindered substituent, resulting from the less encumbered transition state,<br />

will be favored in the rate determining step of alkaline decomposition of phosphonium salt.<br />

As mentioned previously, the stabilisation of a carbanion in condensed phase is<br />

mainly due to solvation of the negative charge. In this way, bulky carbanions are usually less<br />

efficiently solvated than small ones, and thus are more basic. Steric strains depicted in this<br />

chapter, even if negligible, can cause a distorsion between the effective stability of the alkyl<br />

carbanions and the one measured in this study. However, since stabilities of the cabanions<br />

considered are in presumably governed by their steric bulk, it appears difficult to evaluate the<br />

real proportion of steric strains' influence in the expulsion of alkane from a phosphonium salt.


38<br />

Only one study on alkaline decomposition of phosphonium halides compared the<br />

product ratios, when the number of each phosphonium substituent was varied [30] . For<br />

instance, for the degradation of triethylmethyl and ethyltrimethylphosphonium gave only rise,<br />

in both cases, to methane and the corresponding phosphine oxide. If the steric strains were the<br />

major factors determining the subsituent cleavage from the phosphonium salt, one would have<br />

expected a change, even if low, in the product distribution, due to less marked differences<br />

between the two possible transition states.


39<br />

4 A Novel Access to Atropisomeric Biphenylbisphosphines<br />

Two main strategies are currently followed to prepare pure atropisomeric<br />

bisphosphine ligands. The first and most frequently used approach can be illustrated by the<br />

preparation of MeO-BIPHEP [16] , where the phosphine and the methoxy substituants are<br />

introduced at the very first steps of the synthesis, whereas the resolution is accomplished at<br />

the end. Although very efficient and applicable to a large scale, this protocol suffers from a<br />

lack of modularity since the structure of the targeted ligand is set since the second step of its<br />

preparation. The whole sequence has then to be repeated for each subtle modification of the<br />

ligand's structure. Furthermore, the racemate resolution of atropisomers occurs in the late<br />

stages of the preparation, and implies losses of molecules with high added value. The second<br />

strategy to produce enantiopure axially chiral bisphosphines was first introduced by<br />

[ , ]<br />

B.H. Lipshutz et al. 170 171 and relied on an asymmetric biaryl coupling process. Thus, by<br />

linking two aryl units with a chiral tether such as 2,3-butanediol or 1,2-diphenyl-1,2ethanediol,<br />

these authors could achieve copper-mediated intramolecular biaryl couplings with<br />

asymmetric induction. This method afforded several biaryl substrates with reasonable to high<br />

enantiomeric excesses (ee) depending on their substitution pattern. Once the optically pure<br />

atropisomers are produced, it is possible to derivatize them and convert them into<br />

bisphosphines by various classical methods [17] . However, since this synthetic route should<br />

give ee close to 100% to be used for producing chiral ligands, only a limited number of<br />

substrates were amenable to that technique.<br />

The present work intended to propose and evaluate an alternative synthetic approach<br />

to access pure atropisomeric biphenylbisphosphines via the key intermediate 2,2',6,6'tetrabromobiphenyl<br />

(30). This achiral and readily available biphenyl motif was chosen as a<br />

common pivot for the whole synthesis scheme, because of its versatility. The presence of four<br />

heavy halogens in ortho- and ortho'- positions made it a particularly attractive candidate since<br />

it was prone to successive and selective bromine/lithium permutations [45, 46] as previously<br />

demonstrated by F. Leroux [54] .


4.1 Preparation of Enantiomerically Pure 6,6’-<br />

Dibromobiphenyl-2,2’-diol and Derivatives Thereof<br />

Since A. Rajca et al.<br />

[ 172]<br />

40<br />

described the preparation of 2,2',6,6'-<br />

tetrabromobiphenyl (30) in two step with a very low overall yield (31%), synthesis of<br />

biphenyl 30 was first attempted in a one step procedure. The oxidative coupling of 2-<br />

hydroxynaphtalene with iron(III) chloride to form 2,2'-dihydroxy-1,1'-binaphtyl (BINOL)<br />

inspired this investigation and suggested the use of different metallic oxidants. For this<br />

purpose, commercially available 1,3-dibromobenzene was first metalated at -75 °C with<br />

lithium diisopropylamine (LIDA) in tetrahydrofuran to selectively afford 1,3-dibromo-2-<br />

lithio-benzene<br />

[ ] 174 . The transient species produced was then treated with various salts such as<br />

iron(III) chloride or chromium(III) chloride at -75 °C, but the yield of biphenyl 30 was<br />

unfortunately very low (8 to 14%) or even not existent. As the reaction effectively happened<br />

but appeared to be sluggish at low temperature, the transient lithio- species was<br />

transmetalated to its organozinc derivative by addition of anhydrous zinc(II) bromide at<br />

-75 °C. The latter, more stable towards aryne formation, could hence be warm up to 0 °C and<br />

treated with iron(III) chloride to afford 30 in 33% yield. However low, this yield remained<br />

unoptimized and offers the promising advantage to produce the halogenated biphenyl in one<br />

step.<br />

LiC 4H 9, THF<br />

Br Br - 75 °C Br Br<br />

Li<br />

[ ] 173<br />

ZnBr 2, - 75 °C FeCl 3, O °C<br />

Br Br<br />

Br Br<br />

Br Br<br />

ZnBr<br />

30, 33%<br />

2,2',6,6'-Tetrabromobiphenyl (30) was, in parallel, efficiently prepared in two steps<br />

from 1,3-dibromobenzene, following F. Leroux's modification [53] of the procedure described<br />

by A. Rajca et al. [172] . The previously metalated 1,3-dibromobenzene was first treated with<br />

iodine to afford 1,3-dibromo-2-iodobenzene (29) in nearly quantitative yield (96%).<br />

LIDA, THF I 2, THF<br />

Br Br<br />

- 75 °C<br />

Br Br<br />

Br Br<br />

Li<br />

I<br />

29, 96%


41<br />

Since the homocoupling of the haloarene 29 to give biphenyl 30 by the classical<br />

Ullmann reaction gave only poor yields, A. Rajca's procedure [172] was employed after slight<br />

optimizations. Thus, iodobenzene derivative 29 was treated with butyllithium in diethyl ether,<br />

followed by addition of copper(II) bromide to form presumably the diarylcuprate. Although<br />

the dimerization of "lower order" cuprates (e.g. R2CuLi) has already been achieved by<br />

oxidation with some copper(II) salts<br />

[ , ] 175 176 , the copper species formed in our case apparently<br />

followed a different mechanism had to be oxidized with nitrobenzene to afford 30 in 64%<br />

yield.<br />

Br<br />

I<br />

29<br />

Br<br />

LiC 4H9, DEE<br />

- 75 °C Br Br<br />

CuBr 2<br />

- 75 °C<br />

Br<br />

Cu<br />

Br<br />

Br<br />

PhNO 2<br />

Li<br />

Br<br />

Br Br<br />

Br Br<br />

30, 64%<br />

Since the two step preparation route to biphenyl 30 was applicable to a large scale<br />

reaction and gave better overall yield, it was finally used to routinely prepare this starting<br />

material. The tetrabromobiphenyl 30 thus formed had then to be turned into different chiral<br />

and resolvable motifs. Therefore, 6,6’-dibromobiphenyl-2,2’-diol (31), and 6,6’-<br />

dibromobiphenyl-2,2’-dicarboxylic acid (37) were prepared, and resolved through inclusion<br />

complex or diastereomeric salts formation. The choice of phenol and carboxylic acid<br />

functions was motivated by two main aspects. First of all, both functions are prone to form<br />

inclusion complex with chiral hosts, or can be deprotonated with any kind of chiral base to<br />

form diastereomeric salt, this property being essential for the racemate resolution to be<br />

achieved. On the other hand, both phenol and carboxylic acid functions can be easily<br />

derivatized, reduced, or even halogenated to allow various modifications on the chiral<br />

biphenyl unit.<br />

4.1.1 Racemic 6,6’-Dibromobiphenyl-2,2’-diol<br />

Tetrabromobiphenyl 30 was first subjected to a double permutational<br />

bromine/lithium exchange in tetrahydrofuran at -75 °C. Treatment of the transient 2,2'-<br />

dibromo-6,6'-dilithiobiphenyl with fluorodimethoxyborane-diethyl ether<br />

[ , ] 177 178 followed by<br />

hydrogen peroxide in alkaline media afforded the expected biphenol 31 in 76% yield after<br />

recrystallization. However, since this compound was formed quantitatively and without any


42<br />

trace of organic byproducts, as suggested by a correct mass balance and 1 H-NMR of the crude<br />

product, it was used without any purification for the preparation of derivatives in the racemic<br />

series. On the other hand, as the only impurities in the crude product were believed to be<br />

essentially boron salts, the analytically pure racemic material was utilized for the racemate<br />

resolution step.<br />

Br Br<br />

LiC 4H9 (2.0 eq.)<br />

Br Br THF, - 75 °C<br />

Br Li<br />

Br Li<br />

1) FB(OCH 3) 2, DEE, - 75 °C<br />

2) NaOH 2.O M, 0 °C<br />

3) H 2O 2 35%, 0 °C<br />

Br OH<br />

Br OH<br />

30 rac-31, 76%<br />

4.1.2 Racemate Resolution of 6,6’-Dibromobiphenyl-2,2’-diol<br />

Several methods were examined to resolve the axially chiral biphenol 31. The<br />

first trial relying on a well established protocol was the conversion of the biphenol into a<br />

cyclic phosphate derivative and subsequent treatment with cinchonine to separate the two<br />

diastereomeric salts<br />

[ ] 179 . Unfortunately, the low solubility of the biphenol-based cyclic<br />

phosphate rendered this protocol practically not viable. A promising method described by<br />

G. Delogu et al.<br />

[ ] 180 was also applied to biphenol 31. Its conversion to the corresponding<br />

diastereomeric dicarbonate, by means of (1R,2S,5R)-(-)-menthylchloroformate was<br />

effectively performed in good yield. However, the racemic mixture 32 did not show a<br />

sufficiently high difference in retention factor (Rf) to be properly resolved by column<br />

chromatography, even with several different eluent solvent systems and either on silica or<br />

basic alumina.<br />

Br OH<br />

Br OH<br />

rac-31<br />

(-)-menthylchloroformate (2.0 eq.)<br />

N(C 2H 5) 3, CH 2Cl 2, 25 °C<br />

O<br />

Br O O<br />

Br O O<br />

R *<br />

R *<br />

O<br />

32, 86%<br />

R * =


43<br />

Few other attempts to selectively crystallize either inclusion complex with<br />

N-benzylcinchonidinium chloride<br />

pseudoephedrine<br />

[ , ] 181 182 , or diastereomeric salts with (1R,2R)-(-)-<br />

[ ] 183 remained ineffective. The resolution of biphenol 31 was ultimately<br />

achieved by its treatment with (1R,2R)-(-)-1,2-diaminocyclohexane (DACH) (33) in an<br />

ethanol/hexanes mixture. Thus, both (+)-31·(-)-33 and (-)-31·(-)-33 inclusion complexes<br />

separately by fractional crystallization<br />

[ ] 184 . Simple hydrolysis of each diastereomeric<br />

complex then gave the pure enantiomers in good yield (39 to 42%). Enantiomeric excess<br />

(ee) were checked by conversion of each pure isomer of biphenol 31 into their<br />

corresponding methyl phenol ether and then into MeO-BIPHEP [16] . Comparison of the<br />

[ ] 20<br />

rotatory power α measured with that reported by R. Schmid et al. in the same conditions,<br />

gave ee ≥ 99% (see § 4.3.1).<br />

D<br />

This resolution method was not only practically easy going, but also had the<br />

advantage to use an inexpensive resolving agent. Indeed, although pure (1R,2R)-(-)-DACH 33<br />

was costly, it was possible to use the cheap racemic 33 and resolve it with the commercial L-<br />

(+)-tartaric acid. Furthermore, the chiral amine could be quantitatively recovered as its L-(+)-<br />

tartrate salt as described by Gilheany et al.<br />

Br<br />

Br<br />

rac-31<br />

OH<br />

OH<br />

H 2N<br />

H 2N<br />

(R,R)-(-)-33<br />

Ethanol/Hexanes<br />

(9:1), reflux<br />

Precipitate<br />

Mother liquors<br />

[ ] 185 .<br />

Br<br />

Br<br />

OH<br />

OH<br />

Br OH<br />

Br OH<br />

.<br />

.<br />

H 2N<br />

H 2N<br />

(P)-(-)-31 . (R,R)-(-)-33<br />

H 2N<br />

H 2N<br />

(M)-(+)-31 . (R,R)-(-)-33<br />

4.1.3 Derivatization of 6,6’-Dibromobiphenyl-2,2’-diol<br />

10% aq.HCl<br />

10% aq.HCl<br />

Br<br />

Br<br />

OH<br />

OH<br />

(P)-(-)-31, 39%<br />

Br OH<br />

Br OH<br />

(M)-(+)-31, 42%<br />

The biphenol thus resolved was either O-protected or the two remaining bromines<br />

were directly replaced by phosphino groups. Since the ortho- and ortho'- substituents on the<br />

biphenyl core do not only affect its electronic properties but also the steric hindrance to<br />

rotation, it was possible to control the dihedral angle of the biphenyl unit by varying the steric


44<br />

bulk of the O-substituents. Thus, several phenol ether derivatives were prepared from each<br />

pure enantiomeric form of biphenol 31. First of all, substrate 31 was converted to the<br />

corresponding bis(methoxymethoxy) derivative 34 with 94% yield, using chloromethyl<br />

methyl ether<br />

[ ] 186 . The methoxymethoxy group had the advantage to tolerate the strongly basic<br />

conditions applied during bromine/lithium permutations process with organolithium reagents.<br />

It could also be later used as diastereotopic probe for dynamic 1 H-NMR experiments (see §<br />

4.4.1).<br />

Br<br />

Br<br />

OH<br />

OH<br />

(P)-(-)-31<br />

1) NaH (2.0 eq.), THF, 25 °C<br />

2) CH 3OCH<br />

2Cl (2.0 eq.), 0 °C<br />

Br O O<br />

Br O O<br />

(P)-(-)-34, 94%<br />

Enantiomerically pure (M)- and (P)-biphenol 31 were also converted to methyl<br />

phenol ether 35 and ethyl phenol ether 36. The former was prepared by subsequent treatment<br />

the biphenol 31 with two equivalents of potassium hydroxide and excess of iodomethane in<br />

dimethylsulfoxide at ambient temperature. This simple procedure afforded analytically pure<br />

2,2’-dibromo-6,6’-dimethoxybiphenyl (35) in 90% yield without requiring any purification<br />

since the product spontaneously crystallized from the reaction mixture.<br />

Br<br />

Br<br />

OH<br />

OH<br />

DMSO, KOH<br />

CH3I, 25 °C<br />

Br<br />

Br<br />

O<br />

O<br />

(P)-(-)-31 (P)-(-)-35, 90%<br />

Afterwards, this bisphenol ether was subjected to bromine/lithium permutation and<br />

subsequent treatment with chlorodiphenylphosphine to lead to MeO-BIPHEP via an<br />

alternative route to that proposed by R. Schmid et al. [16] . Furthermore, since the nature of the<br />

phosphorus substituents is known to play a role, not only on the steric bulk, but also on the<br />

electronic properties of the ligands by changing the phosphine basicity, dibromobiphenyl 7<br />

could also be an advantageous precursor for the preparation of a series of "BIPHEP-type"<br />

bisphosphines. For example, using various chlorodialkyl- or chlorodiarylphosphines as<br />

electrophiles, the transient 6,6'-dilithio-2,2'-dimethoxybiphenyl could possibly be converted<br />

into several of modified biphenylbisphosphines.


45<br />

The second phenol ether 36 was finally prepared in a different way than its<br />

homologue 35 since the former procedure only afforded moderate yields (56%). Thus,<br />

biphenol 31 was first deprotonated in tetrahydrofuran using sodium hydride at 25 °C, and then<br />

treated with an excess of ethyl bromide to form 2,2’-dibromo-6,6’-diethoxybiphenyl (36) in<br />

92% yield.<br />

Br<br />

Br<br />

OH<br />

OH<br />

1) NaH (2. 0 eq.), THF, 25 °C<br />

2) C2H 5Br<br />

(2.0 eq.)<br />

Br<br />

Br<br />

O<br />

O<br />

(P)-(-)-31 (P)-(-)-36, 92%<br />

4.2 Preparation of Enantiomerically Pure 6,6’-Dibromobiphenyl-<br />

2,2’-dicarboxylic Acid and Derivatives Thereof<br />

Following the strategy outlined previously, diacid 37 was prepared, starting from the<br />

key intermediate tetrabromobiphenyl 30. The diacid was then resolved into both pure axial<br />

enantiomers and reduced to the corresponding bishydromethyl derivative. Although numerous<br />

ortho,ortho'-diphenic acids have been reported<br />

still to be found on a trial-and-error basis.<br />

[ ] 187 , the most suitable resolution method has<br />

4.2.1 Racemic 6,6’-Dibromobiphenyl-2,2’-dicarboxylic Acid<br />

Biphenol 30 was treated with two equivalents of butyllithium in tetrahydrofuran at<br />

-75°C to produce 2,2'-dibromo-6,6'-dilithiobiphenyl. Subsequent trapping with carbon dioxide<br />

and neutralization afforded 6,6’-dibromobiphenyl-2,2’-dicarboxylic acid (37) in 90% yield.<br />

Br Br<br />

Br Br<br />

30<br />

LiC 4H 9 (2.0 eq.)<br />

THF, - 75 °C<br />

Br Li<br />

Br Li<br />

1) CO 2, THF<br />

2) HCl 10%<br />

Br COOH<br />

Br COOH<br />

rac-37, 90%


4.2.2 Racemate Resolution of 6,6’-Dibromobiphenyl-2,2’-dicarboxylic<br />

Acid<br />

46<br />

The most reliable procedure to resolve chiral carboxylic acids is the fractional<br />

crystallization of a diastereomeric salt which can be easily obtained by treatment of<br />

the racemic acid mixture with an enantiomer of a chiral amine such as alkaloids, amino<br />

acids, terpene derivatives, etc.<br />

methylbenzylamine<br />

[5] . A first attempt was made with (S)-(-)-α-<br />

[ ] 188 . Its low molecular weight constitutes an advantage for large<br />

scale racemate resolution. Moreover, this chiral amine is commercially available in<br />

both enantiomeric forms. Unfortunately, crystallization of the resulting diastereomeric<br />

salt happened to be very slow and had to be repeated several times to give<br />

enantiomerically pure products.<br />

In view to the results reported by K. Mislow et al.<br />

[ ] 189 and R. Adams et al.<br />

[ 190 ]<br />

, commercial alkaloids were used. The brucine dihydrate salt was prepared and its<br />

crystallization attempted in various solvents. Unfortunately, both diastereomeric salts<br />

co-crystallized. Quinine monohydrate finally proved to be a better choice.<br />

Crystallization of its biphenol salt in ethanol followed by hydrolysis finally allowed<br />

separation both atropisomers in good yield (42% and 39%).<br />

Br COOH<br />

Br COOH<br />

rac-31<br />

O<br />

HO<br />

H<br />

H<br />

N<br />

(Quinine)<br />

Ethanol<br />

reflux<br />

N<br />

H<br />

Precipitate<br />

Mother liquors<br />

Br<br />

Br<br />

COO Quinine, H<br />

COOH<br />

Br COO Quinine, H<br />

Br COOH<br />

10% aq. HCl Br<br />

Br<br />

COOH<br />

COOH<br />

(P)-(-)-37, 42%<br />

10% aq. HCl<br />

Br COOH<br />

Br COOH<br />

(M)-(+)-37, 39%


47<br />

The enantiomeric purity was checked by reduction of each pure isomer (see § 4.2.3)<br />

followed by conversion into their corresponding Mosher bisester using (R)-(-)-α-methoxy-α-<br />

(trifluoromethyl)-phenylacetyl chloride<br />

[ 191 ]<br />

.<br />

19 F-NMR analysis of each derivatized<br />

atropisomer compared that of the racemic mixture showed an enantiomeric excess of 98 to<br />

99% depending on the enantiomer.<br />

Br<br />

Br<br />

(P)-(-)-37<br />

COOH<br />

COOH<br />

Br COOH<br />

Br COOH<br />

(M)-(+)-37<br />

Reduction<br />

Br<br />

Br<br />

Br<br />

Br<br />

(P)-(-)-39<br />

(M)-(+)-39<br />

OH<br />

OH<br />

OH<br />

OH<br />

(R)-(-)-RCOCl (2.0 eq.)<br />

CCl4, pyridine, 25 °C<br />

Br<br />

Br<br />

Br<br />

Br<br />

(P)-40<br />

(M)-40<br />

4.2.3 Derivatization of 6,6’-Dibromobiphenyl-2,2’-dicarboxylic Acid<br />

OR *<br />

OR *<br />

OR *<br />

OR *<br />

R * =<br />

CF 3<br />

OCH<br />

Ph3<br />

Enantiomerically pure diacid 37 was finally reduced to (6,6’-dibromobiphenyl-2,2’-<br />

diyl)dimethanol (39). The latter was considered to be a versatile intermediate for further<br />

derivatization such as conversion to ethers or acetals, cyclization into a benzoxepine-type<br />

derivatives or even linkage to a solid support.<br />

The diacid 37 was first treated with lithium aluminium hydride in diethyl ether at<br />

ambient temperature. Unfortunately, although some reduction did effectively occur to produce<br />

the diol 39, thin layer chromatography revealed also the presence of starting material and<br />

unidentified by-products. As to be expected, dimethyl 6,6’-dibromobiphenyl-2,2’-<br />

dicarboxylate (38) gave a far better result, providing diol 39 in 84% yield.<br />

Br<br />

Br<br />

(P)-(-)-37<br />

COOH<br />

COOH<br />

CH 3OH, cat. H 2SO 4<br />

60 °C<br />

Br<br />

Br<br />

COOCH 3<br />

COOCH 3<br />

(P)-(-)-38, 88%<br />

LiAlH 4, THF, - 10 °C<br />

Br<br />

Br<br />

OH<br />

OH<br />

(P)-(-)-39, 84%


48<br />

Another advantage of the synthetic route chosen in this work was pointed out whilst<br />

comparing these results with those published by R. Schmid et al. [15] . As a matter of fact,<br />

R. Schmid et al. described the preparation of diol 39 in its racemic form only, starting from<br />

2-bromoaniline and with an overall yield ranging 24%. In our case, the use of diacid 37<br />

allowed the preparation of both enantiomerically pure atropisomers of 39 with a significant<br />

gain in overall yield (38% and 36% depending on the isomer). Finally, diol 39 was converted<br />

to the corresponding 2,2’-dibromo-6,6’-bis(methoxymethyl)biphenyl (41) in 93% yield, by<br />

treatment with sodium hydride in tetrahydrofuran followed by addition of iodomethane at<br />

25 °C.<br />

Br<br />

Br<br />

(P)-(-)-39<br />

OH<br />

OH<br />

NaH (2.0 eq.)<br />

THF, 25 °C, CH 3I<br />

Br<br />

Br<br />

O<br />

O<br />

(P)-(-)-41, 93%<br />

The transformation of 39 into its dimethyl ether derivative 41 was steered by a<br />

twofold motivation. First of all, after treatment of bisether 41 with a phosphorylating reagent,<br />

the resulting bisphosphine could be used as a chiral ligand for enantioselective<br />

hydrogenations or isomerizations of various substrates. The results obtained with ruthenium<br />

or rhodium catalyzed reaction could be compared with those described for MeO-BIPHEP [16] ,<br />

its phenolic equivalent. Several research groups independently studied the effect of phosphine<br />

basicity on a catalytic process<br />

[ - ] 192 194 . They could show that slight variation of this parameter<br />

can induce tremendous increases in the reaction rates and turnover frequencies (tof), and even<br />

branched to linear isomers ratio in some particular cases of asymmetric hydroformylations.<br />

Thus, changing the phenol ether in compound 35 for its alcohol equivalent 41 was thought to<br />

change the electronic properties of the biaryl unit and, consequently, the basicity of the<br />

corresponding phosphine. Furthermore, since addition of one carbon atom in the ethereal<br />

chain was expected to increase the steric bulk at both ortho- positions of the biphenyl unit, it<br />

could slightly modify the dihedral angle of the corresponding bisphosphine thus, its bite angle<br />

(β) in the metal complex. The intimate relationship between dihedral angle in a chiral<br />

atropisomeric bisphosphine and the enantioselectivity of the metal catalyzed reaction involved<br />

was shown by X. Zhang et al. [18] who prepared a series of conformationally rigid<br />

bisphosphines with defined bite angles (TunaPhos).


49<br />

A second purpose of this derivatization was to make the most of the diastereotopic<br />

hydrogens present in the hydroxymethyl- chain. As a matter of fact, since both methylene<br />

hydrogens of the -CH2OCH3 residue arediastereotopic, they could be utilized as probes for<br />

dynamic 1 H-NMR experiments, in order to determine coalescence parameters. Therefore, it<br />

seemed important to protect the free alcohol functions to allow a coalescence study of 2,2’-<br />

dilithio-6,6’-bis(methoxymethyl)biphenyl without any intramolecular reduction of the lithio-<br />

species formed or aggregation interference.<br />

4.3 Preparation of Biphenylbisphosphines<br />

The enantiomerically pure dibromobiphenyl derivatives were converted via the<br />

dilithio intermediates to the corresponding bis(diphenylphosphines). Contrary to the first<br />

double bromine/lithium permutation process, this last step required optimization of the<br />

reaction conditions. As a matter of fact, a first attempt using the same conditions as<br />

previously, led to a mixture of mono- and bisphosphine. Since the low solubility of the<br />

monolithiated species was believed to account for the mixture obtained, various solvents were<br />

tried. The double permutational bromine/lithium exchange was finally fully achieved with<br />

two equivalents of butyllithium in an 8 : 2 mixture of toluene and diethyl ether at - 40 °C for<br />

1 h. The use of four equivalents of tert-butyllithium instead of simple butyllithium, in<br />

tetrahydrofuran afforded the same results within 10 min at -75 °C.<br />

Another remaining problem which had to be envisaged while treating various 2,2'dilithiobiphenyl<br />

derivatives with chlorodiphenylphosphine, was the possible formation of the<br />

corresponding "phenyl-9-phosphafluorene" (phenyl-5H-benzol[b]-phosphindole) as reported<br />

[ ]<br />

by T.K. Miyamoto et al. 195 in the case of simple 2,2'-dilithiobiphenyl. The formation of the<br />

unexpected 9-phenyl-9-phosphafluorene was reinvestigated by O. Desponds and<br />

[ ]<br />

M. Schlosser 196 , who postulated a concerted mechanism for the cyclization process and<br />

subsequent formation of triphenylphosphine. However, this mechanism seems possible<br />

provided that the Phenyl–P and Li–biphenyl bonds are either coaxial or close enough to<br />

interact during free rotation around the biphenyl single bond, which would imply a relatively<br />

small dihedral angle of the biphenyl unit. This undesired side reaction was in fact avoided by<br />

slow addition of a diluted solution of chlorodiphenylphosphine to the lithiated species in order<br />

to maintain the temperature below- 70 °C, thus "freezing" rotation about the biphenyl sp 2 -sp 2<br />

pivot bond.


50<br />

At first, bis(phenol ether) 7 was subjected to a double halogen/metal permutation<br />

followed by addition chlorodiphenylphosphine to form the well characterized<br />

MeO-BIPHEP 42 [16] in 64% yield. Since rotatory power obtained and those reported by<br />

R. Schmid et al. for enantiopure MeO-BIPHEP (ee > 99%) happened to be the same, no<br />

racemization must have occurred upon lithiation of the optically pure dibromobiphenyl 35.<br />

Furthermore, this result permitted the deduction of the enantiomeric excess of the resolved<br />

biphenol 31 (ee > 99%). On the other hand, the ease and rapidity to obtain ligand 42 in<br />

enantiopure form with good overall yield showed the efficiency of the method developed.<br />

Br<br />

Br<br />

O<br />

O<br />

(P)-(-)-35<br />

LiC 4H 9 (2.0 eq.)<br />

Tol./DEE (9:1)<br />

- 75 °C to - 40 °C, 1 h<br />

Li<br />

Li<br />

O<br />

O<br />

ClPPh 2 (2.0 eq.)<br />

Tol., - 75 °C<br />

Ph2P Ph2P O<br />

O<br />

(P)-(+)-MeO-BIPHEP 42, 64%<br />

Another "BIPHEP-type" bisphosphine was prepared starting from diethoxyphenol<br />

ether 36. This substrate was consecutively treated with four equivalents of tert-butyllithium in<br />

tetrahydrofuran at -75 °C, and two equivalents of chlorodiphenylphosphine to afford (6,6’-<br />

diethoxybiphenyl-2,2’-diyl)bis(diphenylphosphine) ("EtO-BIPHEP"; 43) in high yield (85%).<br />

The enantiomeric excess of bisphosphine 43 thus produced was then determined by chiral<br />

High Pressure Liquid Chromatography (HPLC). Thus each pure atropisomer was compared<br />

with the racemic mixture under the same conditions, and ee was determined to be above 99%.<br />

Br<br />

Br<br />

O<br />

O<br />

(P)-(-)-36<br />

LiC(CH 3) 3 (2.0 eq.)<br />

THF, - 75 °C, 30 min<br />

Li<br />

Li<br />

O<br />

O<br />

ClPPh 2 (2.0 eq.)<br />

Tol., - 75 °C<br />

Ph2P Ph2P O<br />

O<br />

(P)-(+)-43, 85%<br />

A single-crystal X-ray analysis has been carried out for (M)-(-)-43 (Figure 4)<br />

The dihedral angle θ (C8-C7-C6-C1) was determined to be of 73.9 ° which is slightly larger<br />

that the value found for its MeO-BIPHEP congener (70.3 °). X. Zhang [172] showed, for the<br />

asymmetric hydrogenation of β-ketoesters, that a change of only 3 ° in the biphenyl torsion<br />

angle could increase the enantioselectivities (ee) from 86% to 96% depending on the<br />

[ ] 197 .


51<br />

substrates considered. In consequence, since the biphenyl dihedral angle is correlated to its<br />

natural bite angle (β) in the metal complexes [198 - 200] , the slight difference in dihedral angle<br />

observed between MeO-BIPHEP and bisphosphine 43, can be exploited to fine-tune a given<br />

reaction selectivity and increase ee of products obtained.<br />

Figure 4. Stereoscopic drawing of (M)-(-)-43.<br />

A last couple of enantiomerically pure bisphosphines was prepared in the biphenol<br />

series, starting from (P)-(-)- or (M)-(-)-2,2’-dibromo-6,6’-bis(methoxymethoxy) biphenyl<br />

(34). The usual organometallic treatment followed by addition of chlorodiphenylphosphine<br />

provided the expected chiral [6,6’-bis(methoxymethoxy)biphenyl-2,2’-diyl]bis<br />

(diphenylphosphine) ("MOMO-BIPHEP"; 44) in 69% yield, with ee > 99% according to<br />

chiral HPLC analysis.<br />

Br<br />

Br<br />

O<br />

O<br />

(P)-(-)-34<br />

O<br />

O<br />

LiC(CH 3) 3 (2.0 eq.)<br />

THF, - 75 °C, 30 min<br />

Li<br />

Li<br />

O<br />

O<br />

O<br />

O<br />

ClPPh 2 (2.0 eq.)<br />

Tol., - 75 °C<br />

Ph2P Ph2P O<br />

O<br />

(P)-(+)-44, 69%<br />

O<br />

O


52<br />

A single-crystal X-ray analysis of pure (M)-(-)-44 (Figure 5) [197] revealed a<br />

particular configuration of the ligand. Contrary to the alkyl chains in bisphosphine 43, the two<br />

terminal methyl groups in the acetal chain of 44 are facing each other. The resulting torsional<br />

angle θ (C1A-C6A-C7A-C8A) was found to be of 84.4 °.<br />

Figure 5. Stereoscopic drawing of (M)-(-)-44.<br />

Finally, dimethyl ether 41, derived from optically pure diol 39, was also converted to<br />

its corresponding bis(diphenylphosphine) derivative 45 under the same conditions. This<br />

bisphosphine only differs from its phenolic equivalent 42 by the additional carbon in the<br />

hydrocarbon chain.<br />

Br<br />

Br<br />

(P)-(-)-41<br />

O<br />

O<br />

LiC(CH 3) (2.0 eq.)<br />

THF, - 75 °C, 30 min<br />

Li<br />

Li<br />

O<br />

O<br />

ClPPh 2 (2.0 eq.)<br />

Tol., - 75 °C<br />

Ph 2P<br />

Ph 2P<br />

O<br />

O<br />

(P)-(+)-45, 74%


53<br />

Single-crystal X-ray analysis of pure (-)-45 (Figure 6) [197] afforded the determination<br />

of its absolute configuration which was found to correspond to (M) atropisomer. The dihedral<br />

angle θ (C1A-C6A-C6-C1) was determined to be of 88.3 °, which is, this time, more<br />

comparable to that of BIPHEMP (91 °) or BINAP (87 °) ligands.<br />

Figure 6. Stereoscopic drawing of (M)-(-)-45.<br />

4.4 Dynamic 1 H-NMR Study of Some Biphenyl Substrates<br />

In the course of the previously detailed synthesis, the formation of various<br />

enantiomerically pure 2,2'-dilithiobiphenyls without detectable loss of their optical activity<br />

raised questions about their exact thermal stability towards rotation about the biphenyl single<br />

bond. Since literature data concerning rotational barriers of dilithiobiaryls are somewhat<br />

sporadic and essentially concern binaphthyl units<br />

[55 - 57, 201, ] 202 , some of the dibromobiphenyls<br />

prepared were converted to their dilithio congeners and subjected to dynamic nuclear<br />

magnetic resonance experiments.


4.4.1 The Use of Variable-Temperature NMR to Study Intramolecular<br />

Mobility<br />

54<br />

Intramolecular movements in rotational isomers can in principle be studied by<br />

various spectroscopic methods e.g. Raman, infrared, microwave or NMR<br />

spectroscopy<br />

enriched materials<br />

[ , ] 203 204 or by kinetic measurements of the racemization process for enantio-<br />

[ ] 205 . However, each one of these techniques remains limited, to a certain<br />

extent, either by the rate of the rotational process considered, or by the structural complexity<br />

of the substrate investigated or even by the ease to access optically active substrates.<br />

Vibration spectroscopy techniques can be used for the determination of rotamer populations<br />

in case of very fast exchange processes with activation energy lower than 5 kcal·mol -1 [204] .<br />

Furthermore, these techniques are solely applicable to relatively simple structures since<br />

absorption bands for both rotamers should be clearly distinct in the spectrum to afford<br />

accurate data. NMR spectroscopy has an advantage over vibration spectroscopies in the study<br />

of rotational isomers owing to the fact that the intensities of signals are directly proportional<br />

to the number of nuclei at the magnetic site. In addition, NMR technique, due to its "time<br />

scale", afford the study of slower rotational process with activation energies of 5 to<br />

-1 [ a, ]<br />

25 kcal·mol 206 207 , which constitute the usual range of value for sterically little<br />

encumbered biphenyls.<br />

In the rotation about a bond in a molecule, there are certain energetically favoured<br />

conformations. For instance, in biphenyl derivatives where free rotation about the pivot bond<br />

is hindered by ortho- substituents, a coplanar arrangement of the aromatic rings corresponds<br />

to an energy maximum. As a consequence, such kind of substrate are twisted in the ground<br />

state to minimize their energy level<br />

C<br />

D<br />

[ ] 208 .<br />

A<br />

B<br />

k r<br />

C<br />

B<br />

Ia Ib<br />

A<br />

D


55<br />

To convert atropisomer Ia into Ib, it is necessary to supply the required free enthalpy<br />

of activation ∆G ≠ (Ia-Ib). The magnitude of this free enthalpy determines the rate of the<br />

thermally induced isomerization and is evidently depending on the temperature of study. The<br />

rate constant kr of this process is related to ∆G ≠ (Ia-Ib) in accordance with the Eyring equation,<br />

where T is the absolute temperature, R is the universal gas constant, kb is the Boltzmann's<br />

constant, h is Planck's constant and κ is the transmission coefficient:<br />

or<br />

k<br />

r<br />

∆<br />

= κ ⋅ k<br />

b<br />

⋅T<br />

⋅ h<br />

−1<br />

⎛ − ∆<br />

exp ⎜<br />

⎝ RT<br />

≠<br />

G( Ia - Ib)<br />

⎞<br />

⎟<br />

⎠<br />

⎡<br />

⎛ T ⎞⎤<br />

⋅T<br />

⎢10.<br />

321+<br />

log<br />

⎜<br />

⎟<br />

⎟⎥<br />

⎢⎣<br />

⎝ kr<br />

⎠⎥⎦<br />

≠<br />

−3<br />

G (Ia - Ib) = 4.<br />

57 ⋅10<br />

(kcal·mol -1 )<br />

Whenever rotation is too fast to allow isolation of isomers on laboratory time scale<br />

(i.e. ∆G ≠ (Ia-Ib) < 22 kcal·mol -1 ), rapid racemization processes in chiral biphenyls can be<br />

detected by NMR spectroscopy provided that the investigated substrate bears a diastereotopic<br />

pair of NMR-active nuclei (e.g. A = B = -CH2R with A ≠ C and B ≠ D). Under this condition,<br />

two types of magnetically non-equivalent hydrogens do exist, resulting from the hampered<br />

rotation about the biphenyl single bond. The intramolecular rotation can thus be revealed by<br />

the temperature dependence of the magnetic environment for the diastereotopic probes.<br />

Hence, at low temperature, "slow" isomerization leads to two separate NMR signals for both<br />

diastereotopic hydrogens whereas at higher temperature, "fast" rotation gives only one signal<br />

with an average chemical shift.<br />

W. L. Meyer and R.B. Meyer<br />

[ ] 209 reported the first example of temperature-<br />

dependent 1 H-NMR spectrum for "methylene-bearing" biphenyls. For instance, 2,2'-<br />

bis(acetoxymethyl)biphenyl (46) exhibited an AB quartet signal for the methylene hydrogens<br />

at ambient temperature, whereas the pattern collapse into a broad singlet at Tc = 94 °C<br />

(Figure 7).


T > Tc<br />

T = Tc<br />

T < Tc<br />

T


57<br />

This finally allows one to use the Eyring equation to calculate the energy barrier for<br />

free rotation at the coalescence temperature. Making the appropriate substitution in the Eyring<br />

equation, one obtains:<br />

∆G<br />

≠<br />

coal<br />

=<br />

4.<br />

57⋅10<br />

−3<br />

⎡ ⎛<br />

⎢ ⎜ Tc<br />

⋅Tc<br />

9.<br />

972 + log<br />

⎢ ⎜ 2<br />

⎣ ⎝ ∆ν<br />

+ 6 J<br />

2<br />

AB<br />

⎞⎤<br />

⎟⎥<br />

⎟<br />

⎠<br />

⎥<br />

⎦<br />

(kcal·mol -1 )<br />

4.4.2 Coalescence Study of 2,2’-Dilithio-6,6’-bis(methoxymethoxy)<br />

biphenyl<br />

The variable-temperature 1 H-NMR method was first employed to evaluate the<br />

rotational barrier of the 6,6'-dilithiobiphenyl-2,2'-diol motif. Since the presence of a<br />

suitable diastereotopic probe is required for such thermodynamical investigation, the two<br />

hydroxyl functions in 31 were protected by reaction with chloromethyl methyl ether to<br />

form 34 (see § 4.1.3). Indeed, the 1 H-NMR spectrum of methoxymethoxy-protected<br />

biphenol 34 showed two distinct doublets (coupled AB system) for the methylene<br />

hydrogens at ambient temperature, revealing their magnetic non-equivalence and<br />

anisochrony. Dibromobiphenyl 34 was finally treated with four equivalents of tert-<br />

butyllithium in perdeuterated tetrahydrofuran at -75 °C to generate the reactive 2,2’-<br />

dilithio-6,6’-bis(methoxymethoxy)biphenyl (47).<br />

HB HA Li<br />

O<br />

O<br />

Li<br />

47<br />

O<br />

O<br />

Several 1 H-NMR spectra of 19 were then recorded at various temperatures,<br />

starting from -50 °C and increasing it gradually until the AB-system "quartet" collapsed<br />

into a broad singlet. To prove the reproducibility of the rotational process observed and<br />

check wether no decomposition occurred, several spectra were then recorded while<br />

lowering back the temperature from the coalescence to -50 °C. In this way, the<br />

coalescence temperature was precisely determined to be Tc = -11 ± 1 °C and thus, the<br />

HB HA


58<br />

≠<br />

-1<br />

torsional barrier at that temperature was found to amount G = 11.7 ± 0.3 kcal·mol . A<br />

full lineshape analysis was eventually achieved<br />

∆ coal<br />

[ ] 211 to evaluate the variation of the<br />

rotation rate constant as a function of the temperature. An Eyring plot of ln(k/T) as a<br />

function of 1000/T afforded a reasonable correlation (R² = 0.972) and gave a calculated<br />

enthalpy ∆ =<br />

≠<br />

H 12.5 kcal·mol -1 and entropy ∆ = - 0.5 cal·mol<br />

≠<br />

-1 -1<br />

S<br />

·K . Evaluation of the<br />

reaction order for the exchange process observed would probably help to get a better idea<br />

about the aggregation state which possibly facilitates, or on the contrary, lowers the<br />

rotation about the biphenyl bond. To achieve this aim, several coalescence experiments<br />

were donein the same conditions as previously described but varying various parameters.<br />

Thus the stoichiometry of the lithiating was first lowered to two equivalents, leaving two<br />

equivalents of tert-butyl bromide in presence in the reaction mixture. Although the 1 H-<br />

NMR spectra of the lithiated biphenyl generated were presented traces of impurities in the<br />

high field zone, the coalescence temperature observed in the same experimental<br />

conditions (concentration, solvent) was sensibly the same, indicating no major influence<br />

of the tert-butyllithium concentration on the dilithiobiphenyl rotation. Attempts to<br />

perform the same experiment with more than four equivalents of tert-butyllithium (excess<br />

of lithiating reagent remaining in the reaction mixture) resulted in unexploitable spectra.<br />

This fact is presumably due to the low stability of tert-butyllithium towards<br />

tetrahydrofuran attack<br />

[ ] 212 . Butyllithium was also used instead of tert-butyllithium to<br />

generate the expected dilithiobiphenyl, in order to check the implication of the lithiation<br />

reagent in a possible aggregate. Unfortunately, this reagent did not allow complete<br />

lithium/bromine permutational exchange at the usual reaction temperature, giving a<br />

mixture of brominated and lithiated biphenyl. This mixture of compounds did not allow<br />

accurate determination of the coalescence temperature since the four doublets of<br />

diastereotopic protons were partially overlapping. Finally, the experiment was tried once<br />

more, increasing the concentration from 0.09 M initially chosen to 0.19 M. The coalescence<br />

temperature was determined to be of Tc = -10 ± 1 °C which did not constitute a significant<br />

difference in torsional barrier compared to what was calculated previously. Increasing<br />

concentration resulted in the precipitation of the lithiated species formed, thus preventing<br />

any NMR experiments. These modifications of the reaction parmeters, showing no<br />

significant deviation compared to the initial experiments performed, suggested that the<br />

rotational barrier calculated by means of this NMR study is independent from aggregation<br />

factors. The free rotation of the biphenyl motif about the pivot single bond seemingly<br />

occurs in a monomolecular process. However, since the energy required for the<br />

"aggregation/disaggregation" process usually falls in the range of few kcal.mol -1 , it is<br />

probable that NMR technique do not reveal such difference in energy. On the other hand,


the steric bulk and charge delocalization are accepted to disfavor aggregation<br />

59<br />

[ ] 213 and<br />

could thus provide an explaination for the apparent unsensitivity of the dilithiobiphenyl<br />

toward reaction parameters' variation. Furthermore, the entropy value calculated thanks to<br />

the full lineshape analysis performed, is somewhat close to 0 and suggested that the<br />

rotational process studied is happening as a monomolecular internal rotation. This<br />

deduced fact tends to confirm the data collected experimentally by changing concentration<br />

or stoichiometry of the lithiating reagent.<br />

Accuracy of the results obtained by variable temperature "dynamic" NMR<br />

experiments (DNMR) has been extensively discussed in many text books [206b, 214, 215] and<br />

stems from two main factors. First of all, the equation used for the determination of<br />

is derived from approximations, which obviously induce some deviations in the calculated<br />

parameter. On the other hand, the determination of the coalescence temperature is the<br />

major experimental source of error<br />

≠<br />

∆Gcoal [ 216 ]<br />

. Indeed, M.L. Martin, J.J Delpuech and G.J.<br />

Martin [215] evaluated that overestimating Tc by 2 °C at - 73 °C and for ∆ν = 20 Hz,<br />

≠<br />

-1<br />

resulted in an increase of G of 0.1 kcal·mol . This error could be minimized<br />

∆ coal<br />

experimentally by calibrating the NMR temperature probe by means of a platinum<br />

thermocouple, and by slowly increasing the temperature in the region around coalescence.<br />

Although some thermodynamical data were available for o,o'-dilithiobiphenyl<br />

derivatives [202, 59] , it was not yet possible to compare the value calculated with pertinent<br />

examples since no literature precedents were reported for similar substrates. However,<br />

O. Desponds and M. Schlosser [59] found the torsional barrier of 1,11-dilithio-5,5,7,7-<br />

tetramethyl-5,7-dihydrodibenz[c,e]oxepin (48) to fall in the range of 12.0 - 12.5<br />

kcal·mol -1 .<br />

Li<br />

O<br />

48<br />

Li<br />

The fact that ortho- and ortho'- oxygen atoms should cause less steric repulsion<br />

than isopropylidene groups at the same positions, and the presence of a rigid bridged<br />

structure would bring to the conclusion that the oxepin derivative should have a much<br />

higher energy barrier that biphenyl 47. Furthermore, despite the important steric<br />

congestion, the bridge in the biphenyl structure forces the gem-dimethyl groups to face


60<br />

each in the coplanar transition state. This steric constraint causes this configuration to be<br />

energetically very high, thus contributing to a significant increase in activation energy<br />

compared to unbridged dilithiobiphenyls. Contrary to all expectations, the torsional value<br />

calculated for biphenyl 47 only varies from that of compound 48 by approximately 0.5<br />

kcal·mol -1 . An explanation could be tentatively proposed with two arguments: first,<br />

oxygen atoms, even if less bulky than isopropylidene groups, exert an electronic repulsion<br />

thanks to their nonbonding electrons ("lone pairs"), thus increasing the coplanar transition<br />

state energy. In addition, since the methoxymethoxy protective group is known to<br />

efficiently coordinate lithium species<br />

[ ] 217 , it could favor a twisted conformation and<br />

induce some rigidity in the biphenyl motif by coordinating a lithium placed on the<br />

adjacent aromatic ring.<br />

Li<br />

O<br />

O<br />

47<br />

O<br />

Li<br />

O<br />

4.4.3 Coalescence Study of 2,2’-Dilithio-6,6’-bis(methoxymethyl)biphenyl<br />

Contrary to the previously investigated substrate, bis(hydromethyl) biphenyl 39 was<br />

protected by conversion to its corresponding dimethyl ether 41 rather than with dimethoxymethoxy<br />

group since the latter was partially prone to α-deprotonation and subsequent Wittig rearrangement<br />

219 ]<br />

upon treatment with organolithium reagents. 2,2’-Dilithio-6,6’-bis(methoxymethyl)biphenyl (49)<br />

was generated by treatment of the corresponding dibromo derivative 41 with four equivalents of tert-<br />

butyllithium in perdeuterated tetrahydrofuran at -75 °C.<br />

The 1 H-NMR spectrum of dilithio- species 49 showed, once again, two distinct doublets<br />

with a significant "roof effect", corresponding to the diastereotopic methylene hydrogens of the<br />

hydromethyl- groups. The line shape variation of these signals was followed as a function of the<br />

increasing temperature (Figure 8a) and displayed coalescence at Tc = 24 ± 1 °C, which eventually<br />

≠<br />

allowed to calculate an energy barrier to free rotation of G = 12.9 ± 0.2 kcal·mol<br />

∆ coal<br />

-1 .<br />

[ 218,


61<br />

To check the reproducibility of the isomerisation process and be sure that<br />

decomposition of the dilithiated substrate occured, several other spectra were recorded while<br />

decreasing back the temperature until –50 °C (Figure 8b)<br />

T = 35 °C<br />

T = 24 °C<br />

T = 20 °C<br />

T = 10 °C<br />

T = 0 °C<br />

T = - 10 °C<br />

.<br />

O<br />

HA Li<br />

HB Li<br />

HB HA 21<br />

O<br />

T = 10 °C<br />

T = 0 °C<br />

T = - 10 °C<br />

T = - 30 °C T = - 25 °C<br />

T = - 50 °C T = - 50 °C<br />

4.16 4.14 4.12 4.10 4.08 4.06 4.04 4.02<br />

4.16 4.14 4.12 4.10 4.08 4.06 4.04 4.02<br />

Figure 8. Temperature dependence of the 1 H-NMR (400 MHz) methylene<br />

signals of 21 in perdeuterated tetrahydrofuran: (a) increase in temperature from<br />

- 50 °C to 35 °C (left) and (b) reversible decrease to – 50 °C (right).<br />

For the same purpose as previously reported, the concentration and the<br />

stoichiometry of the lithiating reagent were varied and further 1 H-NMR spectra were<br />

recorded. The coalescence temperature observed in all cases was once again unsensitive to<br />

such modifications, suggesting a monomolecular process. These experimental<br />

observations, as proposed in chapter 4.4.2, could possibly be explained by steric bulk and<br />

charge delocalization arguments. Following the same trend as dilithiobiphenyl 47,<br />

compound 49 showed, this time, an even larger activation barrier than dilithiobenzoxepin


62<br />

48. This experimental result could once more be explained by possible lithium-oxygen<br />

coordination, forcing the biphenyl unit to adopt a rigid twisted conformation, similarly as<br />

would a carbon-bridge do.<br />

A full lineshape analysis was also performed on dilithiobiphenyl 49 [211] (Figure 9) and Eyring<br />

plot of the rate constant obtained (Graphic 1), revealed an activation enthalpy of ∆ =<br />

≠<br />

H 15.1<br />

kcal·mol -1 and entropy of ∆ = 0.2 cal·mol<br />

≠<br />

-1 -1<br />

S<br />

·K (R² = 0.9655). It should be noticed that an<br />

extremely accurate lineshape fitting was best achieved at high temperature since shim at very<br />

low temperature (-50 °C) was tedious and rendered the spectrum base line "noisy" to some<br />

extent. The low value of entropy found by calculation also helped to confirm that the<br />

rotational isomerisation of the dilithiobiphenyl considered occurs as a monomolecular<br />

phenomenon. The activation free enthalpy experimentally determined should thus be devoid<br />

of aggregation factors.<br />

ln(k/T)<br />

25<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

0<br />

-5<br />

-10<br />

-15<br />

Li<br />

O<br />

49<br />

Li<br />

O<br />

y = -7,6208x + 23,84<br />

R 2 = 0,9655<br />

0 1 2 3 4<br />

5<br />

1000/T<br />

Graphic 1. Eyring plot ln(k/T) = f(1000/T) determined from the<br />

full lineshape analysis of dilithiobiphenyl 49.


63<br />

Figure 9. Full lineshape analysis of dilithiobiphenyl 49: experimental spectra at various<br />

temperature (left) and corresponding rate constant for simulated spectra (left).


65<br />

5 Conclusions and Outlook<br />

Several fields of the phosphorus chemistry were studied, considering different<br />

applications of organophosphorus compounds. First of all, new phosphine ligands have<br />

been prepared by means of several different synthetic strategies. Achiral monodentate<br />

tertiary phosphines were efficiently obtained, taking profit of organometallic techniques.<br />

Several simple arylmetals generated by means of direct proton abstraction ("metalation")<br />

or halogen/metal permutational exchange, have been treated with triethyl phosphites to<br />

produce tertiary phosphines with excellent yields. Since this method proved to be<br />

applicable to various structurally different substrates, more elaborated phosphines were<br />

prepared by treatment of furyl or pyrrolyl derivatives. These phosphines could be used<br />

for several types of cross coupling reactions and should widen the field of their<br />

applications.<br />

The field of asymmetric catalysis was also addressed by preparing chiral<br />

bidentate phosphines. By successive halogen/lithium permutational exchanges on the<br />

pivot starting substrate 2,2',6,6'-tetrabromobiphenyl, a panel of biphenylbisphosphines<br />

was efficiently prepared in both enantiomerically pure forms. The method devised<br />

allowed an important modularity of the ligands' structure, but also advantageously relied<br />

on an early racemate resolution step. Furthermore, changing the biphenyl substitution<br />

pattern permitted to vary the dihedral angle of the atropisomeric bisphosphines, which to<br />

some extent can drastically increase the yields and selectivities of a catalytic reaction<br />

process.<br />

The generation of dilithiobiaryls to prepare a series of a biphenylbisphosphines<br />

also gave the opportunity to determine their thermal and rotational stability. Biaryl<br />

motifs are not only present in various chiral ligands but also in many natural products.<br />

This observation made dilithiobiaryls very useful transient species since they can be<br />

functionalized at will with different electrophiles. The crucial issue whether<br />

enantiomerically pure dilithiobiphenyls could be generated and used without any loss of<br />

their optical activity, was addressed. Dynamic NMR studies were conducted for two


66<br />

suitably substituted dilithiobiphenyls and allowed rotational activation barrier to be<br />

calculated. Correlation of the results obtained with known literature data suggested a<br />

coordinative interaction between the lithium and oxygen atoms, causing a higher<br />

activation energy than envisioned. As a matter of fact, in both cases the free enthalpy<br />

values determined fell in the same range as those of bridged dilithiobiaryls, which<br />

supported the idea of an internal rigidity induced by the lithium-oxygen coordination.<br />

These assumptions should certainly be supported by a comparative study<br />

between the dilithiobiphenyls used and their metal-free congeners (H instead of Li). In<br />

the lithiated species, the two lithium atoms should logically tend to seek the proximity<br />

of the oxygens and coordinate them, causing a certain rigidity of the molecule. In<br />

contrast, it would be highly plausible that, in the metal-free congeners, no coordination,<br />

thus no additional constraints exist in the biphenyl unit. In this eventuality, the<br />

rotational activation barrier should be lower in the case of metal-free species,<br />

corroborating the proposed hypothesis. Other usefull informations could possibly be<br />

obtain by replacing the coordinating oxygens in the biphenyls used, by nitrogen or<br />

carbon atom.<br />

Finally, various phosphonium salts and phosphine oxides were prepared to<br />

address another field of application of organophosphorus compounds. These substrates<br />

served as probes for assessing relative stabilities of several alkyl carbanions. Based on<br />

the use of the alkaline decomposition of phosphonium salts, the method developed was<br />

meant to accurately determine differences in ease of cleavage between several alkyl<br />

substituents and was believed to directly correlate to their corresponding carbanions<br />

basicity. The data collected in this work provided unprecedented informations<br />

concerning secondary and tertiary alkyl carbanions in solution. When available, gas<br />

phase basicities of alkyl anions were compared to the results obtained by alkaline<br />

decomposition of phosphoniums salts. The relative stabilities observed in solution were<br />

coherent with the observed experimental reactivity but did parallel inverse order of the<br />

reported gas phase results, as one could expect.<br />

To provide a better overview on the factors influencing the alkaline<br />

decompositionof phosphonium salts, it would be interesting to perform other<br />

decompositions with phosphonium of the type RnR'pP + , X - where n and p would be<br />

varied. These experiments would hopefully allow an estimation of the effective<br />

importance of internal strains on the cleavage of the P–C bond from phosphonium salts.


67<br />

If the ratio of the products formed does not appear to be depending on the substitution<br />

pattern, it would be legitimate to believe that the steric strains do not significantly<br />

influence the departure of a given substituent.<br />

In the latter hypothesis, and to provide a more complete overview of the alkyl<br />

carbanions basicities in solution, it would be useful to perform further experiments with<br />

phosphonium salts bearing very similar alkyl substituents, in order to build a "step by<br />

step" scale of basicity. On the other hand, since the alkaline decomposition of<br />

phosphonium salt appeared to be an effective method to assess the relative basicities of<br />

carbanionic species, it would be of interest to perform a systematic basicity assessment<br />

with several phosphonium halides bearing various substituted aryl groups. These results<br />

could then be correlated with those obtained for the same substrates, by means of other<br />

methods. For instance, the relative basicities of methoxy-, trifluoromethyl-, or<br />

haloarenes<br />

[ ] 220 determined with both methods, could be compared to evaluate the<br />

reliability of the values determined and the impact of solvents or aggregation effects.<br />

X'<br />

X OH<br />

P<br />

OH X'<br />

+ O P<br />

X<br />

P O<br />

∆G1 X<br />

∆G2 X'<br />

X, X' = OCH 3, CF 3, F, Cl<br />

+ X


Experimental Part


1 Generalities<br />

69<br />

Commercial starting materials were purchased from Fluka AG (CH-9479 Buchs), Aldrich<br />

(CH-9479 Buchs) or Acros Organics (B-2440 Geel). Their purity was checked before use adequately<br />

(melting ranges, refractive index or gas chromatography). When known compounds where prepared<br />

according to a literature procedure, pertinent references are given.<br />

Butyllithium and tert-butyllithium were supplied by CheMetall, D-60478 Frankfurt. The titre<br />

of these solutions was determined by double titration<br />

[ ] 221 . Air and moisture sensitive compounds<br />

were stored in Schlenk tubes or Schlenk burettes. They were kept and handled under an atmosphere of<br />

99.995% pure nitrogen, using appropriate glassware (Glasgerätebau, Pfeifer, D-98711 Frauenwald).<br />

Anhydrous diethyl ether and tetrahydrofuran were obtained by careful distillation from<br />

[ ]<br />

sodium wire after the characteristic blue color of in situ generated sodium diphenylketyl 222 was<br />

found to persist. They were stored in Schlenk burettes under nitrogen atmosphere. Hexane was<br />

distilled from lithium aluminum hydride after four hours stirring over the drying agent. Toluene was<br />

dried azeotropically and stored over molecular sieves. Amines were distilled and stored over<br />

potassium hydroxide pellets.<br />

Reactions at low temperatures were performed using cold baths: water/ice at 0 °C,<br />

water/ice/sodium chloride at -20 °C, ethanol/dry ice at -75 °C and diethyl ether/liquid nitrogen at<br />

-100 °C. The temperature of ethanol/dry ice bath is consistently indicated as -75 °C and "room<br />

temperature" as 25 °C.<br />

Melting ranges (m.p.) are reproducible after resolidification unless otherwise stated<br />

("decomp."), and were corrected using a calibration curve established with authentic standards<br />

(Signotherm, furnished by Merck, CH-8029 Zürich). If no melting point is given, all attempts to<br />

crystallize the liquid failed even at temperatures as low as -75 °C. Boiling ranges (b.p.) stated with no<br />

precision of pressure were determined under ordinary atmospheric conditions (760 ± 25 Torr).<br />

Nuclear magnetic resonance spectra of hydrogen ( 1 H-NMR), carbon ( 13 C-NMR),<br />

phosphorus ( 31 P-NMR) and fluorine nuclei ( 19 F-NMR) were recorded from samples dissolved in


70<br />

deuterochloroform (CDCl3) unless otherwise stated, at 400 MHz, 101 MHz, 162 MHz and 376 MHz<br />

respectively, and with a Bruker DPX-400 spectrometer. The chemical shifts δ given are relative to the<br />

signal of tetramethylsilane (δ 0.00 ppm) for 1 H-NMR and 13 C-NMR, and to trichlorofluoromethane<br />

(δ 0.00 ppm) for 19 F-NMR. For the 31 P-NMR spectra, a 85% solution of phosphoric acid was used as<br />

an external standard (δ 0.00 ppm). Variable-temperature 1 H-NMR studies were performed in<br />

perdeuterated tetrahydrofuran, chemical shifts referring to the residual signal of the non deuterated<br />

tetrahydrofuran (δ 3.58 ppm). The absolute values of the temperatures were determined by means of a<br />

methanol probe<br />

[ , ] 223 224 . Coupling constants (J) are given in Hz. Coupling patterns are described by<br />

abbreviations: s (singlet), d (doublet), t (triplet), q (quartet), quint (quintet), m (multiplet), symm. m<br />

(symmetrical multiplet). Composite patterns (dd, dt for example) are arranged according to decreasing<br />

coupling constants.<br />

Optical rotations were measured on a Perkin Elmer polarimeter 341, specific rotations being<br />

indicated at the mentioned wave length (nm), concentration (g/100 mL), and solvent.<br />

Mass spectra (Finnigan 4000 or Nermag R 10-10 spectrometer) were obtained by chemical<br />

ionisation at 95.3 eV and at a source temperature of 100 °C in an ammonia atmosphere. The numbers<br />

given in the parentheses indicate the intensities relative to the base peak (100%).<br />

Elemental analyses were performed by the laboratories of I. Beetz, (D-96301 Kronach) or<br />

Solvias (CH-4002 Basel). The expected percentages were calculated using the atomic weight numbers<br />

listed in 2000 IUPAC recommendations.<br />

X-ray diffraction analyses were performed with an Oxford Diffraction/Kuma diffractometer<br />

having a kappa geometry and a CCD KM4CCD/Sapphire detector for 44 and 45 and with an IP<br />

mar345 for 43. The software Crysalis RED<br />

[ ]<br />

structure was resolved and refined with SHELXTL version 5.1 226 .<br />

[ ] 225 was used to determine the crystallographic data. The<br />

If no literature quotation is associated with a compound, it means either that it had not been<br />

previously described at all or without sufficient characterization. The literature search was performed<br />

with the aid of Chemical Abstracts, Beilstein Crossfire and Scifinder and covers the period from 1900<br />

up to February 2005.


2 The Preparation of Phosphines from Triethyl phosphite<br />

2.1 Triarylphosphines<br />

71<br />

General procedure for the preparation of triarylphosphines: At -75 °C, butyllithium<br />

(0.15 mol) in hexanes (0.10 L) was added to a solution of a bromo- or iodoarene (0.15 mol) in<br />

tetrahydrofuran (0.30 L). Triethyl phosphite (8.7 mL, 8.3 g, 50 mmol) was added at -75 °C<br />

and the suspension was stirred at 25 °C until Gilman color test I<br />

[ ] 227 did not show the<br />

presence of any organolithium reagent. The volatiles were evaporated and the crude product<br />

was crystallized from ethanol to afford the desired compound.<br />

Tris(4-methoxyphenyl)phosphine (1): Prepared from 1-bromo-4-methoxybenzene (28 g,<br />

0.15 mol); colorless needles; m.p. 129 - 131 °C (ref. [80] m.p. 129 - 131 °C); yield: 17.5 g<br />

(99%).<br />

1 H NMR: δ = 7.2 (m, 6 H), 6.87 (dd, J = 9, 1 Hz, 6 H), 3.80 (s, 9 H) ppm.<br />

13 C NMR: δ = 160.5, 135.2 (d, J = 21 Hz), 134.1 (d, J = 11 Hz), 114.1 (d,<br />

J = 7 Hz), 55.2 ppm.<br />

31 P NMR: δ = - 9.5 ppm.<br />

MS: 352 (100%, M + ), 138 (48%).<br />

Tris(2-methoxyphenyl)phosphine (2): Prepared from 1-bromo-2-methoxybenzene (28 g,<br />

0.15 mol); colorless needles; m.p. 208 - 210 °C (ref. [81] m.p. 209 - 210 °C); yield: 17.4 g<br />

(99%).


72<br />

1 H NMR: δ = 7.32 (dddd, J = 9, 8, 2, 1, 3 H), 6.89 (ddd, J = 8, 5, 1 Hz, 3 H), 6.83<br />

(t, J = 7 Hz, 3 H), 6.69 (ddd, J = 8, 5, 2 Hz, 3 H), 3.74 (s, 9 H) ppm.<br />

13 C NMR: δ = 161.6 (d, J = 17 Hz), 134.2, 129.9, 124.7 (d, J = 13 Hz), 120.9 (d,<br />

J = 2 Hz), 110.3, 56.1 ppm.<br />

31 P NMR: δ = - 36.8 ppm.<br />

MS: 353 (31%, M + + 1), 84 (100%).<br />

Tris[4-(N,N-dimethylamino)phenyl]phosphine (3): Prepared from 4-bromo-N,N-<br />

dimethylaniline (30 g, 0.15 mol); colorless needles; m.p. 267 - 269 °C (ref. [82] m.p. 265 -<br />

275 °C); yield: 19.5 g (83%).<br />

1 H NMR: δ = 7.28 (symm. m, 6 H), 6.57 (symm. m, 6 H), 2.92 (s, 18 H) ppm.<br />

13 C NMR: δ = 149.7, 131.7 (d, J = 12 Hz), 114.1, 108.7, 40.7 ppm.<br />

31 P NMR: δ = - 128.0 ppm.<br />

MS: 392 (4%, M + ), 137 (100%), 120 (96%).<br />

Tris(1-naphthyl)phosphine (4): Prepared from 1-bromonaphthalene (31 g, 0.15 mol). After<br />

two successive recrystallizations from ethanol, the expected product was obtained as colorless<br />

needles; m.p. 261 - 264 °C (ref. [83] m.p. 261 - 265 °C); yield: 17.8 g (86%).<br />

1 H NMR: δ = 8.3 (m, 3 H), 7.8 (m, 6 H), 7.56 (dd, J = 6.7, 5.4 Hz, 3 H), 7.3 (m,<br />

9 H) ppm.<br />

13 C NMR: δ = 138.2 (d, J = 20 Hz), 133.7 (d, J = 20 Hz), 133.5 (d, J = 3 Hz),<br />

129.9 (s), 128.9 (d, J = 6 Hz), 128.5 (d, J = 2 Hz), 126.0 (d, J = 2 Hz), 125.7 (d,<br />

J = 1 Hz), 125.3 (d, J = 2 Hz), 125.1 (d, J = 3 Hz) ppm.<br />

31 P NMR: δ = -32.4 ppm.


73<br />

MS: 412 (5%, M + ), 301 (44%), 173 (100%), 141 (62%).<br />

Ethylbis(1-naphthyl)phosphinite (5): This compound was obtained as a by-product in the<br />

mother liquors, after recrystallization of the tris(1-naphthyl)phosphine (4). The solvent was<br />

evaporated and the crude solid recrystallized from ethanol to afford colorless needles; m.p. 96<br />

- 98 °C; yield: 1.03 g (5.2%).<br />

1 H NMR: δ = 8.4 (m, 2 H), 7.9 (m, 4 H), 7.62 (ddd, J = 6.7, 5.4, 1.3 Hz, 2 H), 7.4<br />

(m, 6 H), 4.05 (qd, J = 9.6, 7.0 Hz, 2 H), 1.35 (t, J = 7.0 Hz) ppm.<br />

13 C NMR: δ = 137.6 (d, J = 21 Hz), 134.8 (d, J = 22 Hz), 133.7 (d, J = 4 Hz),<br />

130.1, 129.9 (d, J = 7 Hz), 129.1 (d, J = 2 Hz), 126.6 (d, J = 2 Hz), 126.2 (d, J = 1<br />

Hz), 125.9 (d, J = 3 Hz), 125.5 (d, J = 3 Hz), 66.8 (d, J = 21 Hz), 17.2 (d,<br />

J = 8 Hz) ppm.<br />

31 P NMR: δ = 104.7 ppm.<br />

MS: 331 (64%, M + + 1), 301 (19%), 173 (49%), 128 (100%).<br />

C22H19OP (330.12) calcd. C 79.98% H 5.80%<br />

Found C 79.97% H 5.88%.<br />

Tris(2-naphthyl)phosphine (6): Prepared from 2-bromonaphthalene (31 g, 0.15 mol);<br />

colorless needles; m.p. 261 - 264 °C (ref. [84] no physical constants reported); yield: 17.2 g<br />

(83%).<br />

1 H NMR: δ = 7.89 (d, J = 8.6, 3 H), 7.82 (t, J = 9.0 Hz, 6 H), 7.73 (d, J = 7.9 Hz,<br />

3 H), 7.5 (m, 9 H) ppm.<br />

13 C NMR: δ = 134.7 (d, J = 11 Hz), 134.5 (d, J = 22 Hz), 133.7, 133.6 (d,<br />

J = 8 Hz), 130.5 (d, J = 18 Hz), 128.5, 128.2 (d, J = 7 Hz), 128.2, 127.0,<br />

126.5 ppm.<br />

31 P NMR: δ = -17.1 ppm.<br />

Tris(3,5-dimethylphenyl)phosphine (7): Prepared from 3,5-dimethyl-iodobenzene (35 g, 0.15<br />

mol) [79] ; colorless needles; m.p. 158 - 160 °C (ref. [85] m.p. 160 - 162 °C); yield: 14.0 g (81%).


1 H NMR: δ = 6.96 (s, 3 H), 6.94 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 3 H), 2.27 (s, 18 H) ppm.<br />

74<br />

13 C NMR: δ = 139.9, 135.0 (d, J = 12.1 Hz), 129.3, 94.3 (d, J = 16.3 Hz),<br />

20.9 ppm.<br />

31 P NMR: δ = -5.7 ppm.<br />

2.2 Furanylphosphines<br />

Tris(5-methyl-2-furyl)phosphine (8): At -75 °C, butyllithium (90 mmol) in hexanes (61 mL)<br />

was added dropwise to a solution of 2-methylfuran (8.1 mL, 7.4 g, 90 mmol) in<br />

tetrahydrofuran (90 mL) in order to keep the temperature below –70 °C. After further 30 min<br />

at -75 °C, triethyl phosphite (5.2 mL, 5.0 g, 30 mmol) was added. After evaporation of the<br />

volatiles, the solid residue was crystallized from toluene to afford white platelets; m.p. 85 -<br />

86 °C; yield: 22.8 g (92%).<br />

1 H NMR: δ = 6.66 (dd, J = 2.9, 1.6 Hz, 3 H), 5.98 (symm. m, 3 H), 2.33 (s, 9 H)<br />

ppm.<br />

13 C NMR: δ = 124.6 (d, J = 22 Hz), 121.9 (d, J = 22 Hz), 107.5 (d, J = 9 Hz),<br />

106.8 (d, J = 6 Hz), 14.0 ppm.<br />

31 P NMR: δ = 73.1 ppm.<br />

MS : 291 (29%, M + +NH3), 275 (7%, M + +1), 193 (100%), 151 (55%).<br />

C15H15O3P (274.25) calcd. C 65.69% H 5.51%<br />

found C 65.63% H 5.50%.<br />

Tris(2-benzofuryl)phosphine (9): Benzofuran (16 mL, 18 g, 0.15 mol) in tetrahydrofuran<br />

(0.30 L) was treated with a solution of butyllithium (0.15 mol) in hexanes (0.10 L) at -75 °C.<br />

The white suspension formed was vigorously stirred for 2 h until Gilman color test II<br />

revealed the absence of remaining alkyllithium in the reaction mixture. Triethyl phosphite<br />

(8.7 mL, 8.3 g, 50 mmol) was added to the white suspension and the reaction mixture was<br />

[ ] 228


75<br />

allowed to reach ambient temperature. The volatiles were removed under vacuum and the<br />

resulting solid suspended in hot ethanol (50 mL). The solid was collected by filtration,<br />

washed with cold ethanol (40 mL) and recrystallized from ethanol to afford the product as<br />

colorless needles; m.p. 151 - 153 °C (ref. [63] m.p. 152 - 153 °C); yield: 17.5 g (92%).<br />

1 H NMR: δ = 7.57 (d, J = 7.6, 3 H), 7.53 (dd, J = 8.3, 0.6 Hz, 3 H), 7.32 (ddd,<br />

J = 8.3, 7.6, 1.3 Hz, 3 H), 7.26 (dd, J = 1.9, 0.9 Hz, 3 H), 7.22 (dd, J = 7.3, 0.6 Hz,<br />

3 H) ppm.<br />

13 C NMR: δ = 158.5 (d, J = 4 Hz), 151.1 (d, J = 5 Hz), 128.2 (d, J = 7 Hz), 126.0,<br />

123.4, 121.9, 118.6 (d, J = 22 Hz), 112.0 ppm.<br />

31 P NMR: δ = -68.5 ppm.<br />

Tris[5-(1,3-dioxolan-2-yl)-2-furyl]phosphine (11): At – 75 °C, butyllithium (0.11 mol) in<br />

hexanes (67 mL) was added dropwise in the course of 1 h, to a solution of<br />

2-(2-furyl)-1,3-dioxolane [94] (19; 15 g, 0.11 mol) in tetrahydrofuran (0.20 L) in order to keep<br />

the temperature below –70 °C. Triethyl phosphite (6.1 mL, 5.8 g, 35 mmol) was slowly added<br />

to the dark green mixture during 30 min. The volatiles were removed under reduced pressure<br />

and the residue dissolved in ethyl acetate (0.15 L). After addition of water (0.10 L), phases<br />

were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (70 mL). The combined<br />

organic phases were dried with sodium sulfate and evaporated to afford brown crystals which<br />

were treated with activated charcoal in hot ethanol and recrystallized from methanol to give<br />

colorless prisms; m.p. 110 - 112 °C; yield: 10.4 g (68%).<br />

1 H NMR (acetone-d6) : δ = 6.84 (dd, J = 3.2, 1.6 Hz, 3 H), 6.54 (dd, J = 3.2,<br />

1.6 Hz, H ), 5.92 (s, 3 H), 4.03 (symm. m., 12 H) ppm.<br />

13 C NMR (acetone-d6) : δ = 158.4 (d, J = 3 Hz), 149.6 (d, J = 1 Hz), 122.6 (d,<br />

J = 22 Hz), 110.3 (d, J = 6 Hz), 98.1, 65.8 ppm.<br />

31 P NMR (acetone-d6) : δ = - 73.8 ppm.<br />

MS : 449 (4%, M + +1), 311 (21%), 173 (39%), 141 (100%), 73 (15%).


76<br />

C21H21O9P (448.36) calcd. C 56.25% H 4.72%<br />

found C 56.27% H 4.74%.<br />

Tris(5-formyl-2-furyl)phosphine (12): Pyridinium chloride (0.70 g, 6.0 mmol) and<br />

tris[5-(1,3-dioxolan-2-yl)-2-furyl] phosphine (20; 9.0 g, 20 mmol) were heated under reflux for 20 h in a<br />

mixture of acetone (80 mL) and water ( 5.0 mL). The reaction mixture was then allowed to cool down to<br />

25 °C and acetone was removed under reduced pressure. Ethyl acetate (80 mL) and a saturated aqueous<br />

solution of sodium bicarbonate (40 mL) were added and the phases were separated. The organic layer<br />

was dried with sodium sulfate and the solvent was evaporated to afford slightly colored crystals.<br />

Recrystallization from ethyl acetate afforded colorless prisms; m.p. 127 - 129 °C; yield: 5.44 g (88%).<br />

1 H NMR (acetone-d6) : δ = 9.73 (d, J = 1.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.51 (dd, J = 3.5, 1.3 Hz,<br />

1 H), 7.22 (dd, J = 3.5, 1.0 Hz, 1 H ) ppm.<br />

13 C NMR (acetone-d6) : δ = 178.9, 158.2 (d, J = 3 Hz), 153.4 (d, J = 7 Hz), 124.8<br />

(d, J = 19 Hz), 122.1 (d, J = 5 Hz) ppm.<br />

31 P NMR (acetone-d6) : δ = - 66.6 ppm.<br />

C15H9O6P (316.20) calcd. C 56.98% H 2.87%<br />

found C 57.05% H 2.91%.<br />

Tris(5-hydroxymethyl-2-furyl)phosphine (13): At 0 °C, sodium borohydride (1.5 g, 39<br />

mmol) was added in one portion to a solution of tris(5-formyl-2-furyl)phosphine (21; 4.2 g,<br />

13 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (40 mL). The suspension was then stirred at 25 °C for 6 h<br />

before water (30 mL) was added. Phases were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted<br />

twice with ethyl acetate (25 mL). The combined organic layers were dried with sodium sulfate<br />

and evaporated under reduced pressure to afford a white solid. Recrystallization from ethanol<br />

gave colorless prisms; m.p. 165 - 167 °C; yield: 3.60 g (86%).<br />

1 H NMR (acetone-d6) : δ = 6.77 (dd, J = 3.2, 1.6 Hz, 3 H), 6.34 (symm. m, 3 H ),<br />

4.55 (d, J = 6.1 Hz, 6 H), 4.32 (t, J = 6.1 Hz, 3 H) ppm.<br />

13 C NMR (acetone-d6) : δ = 161.6 (d, J = 3 Hz), 147.8 (d, J = 2 Hz), 122.6 (d, J =<br />

21 Hz), 109.1 (d, J = 6 Hz), 56.7 ppm.


31 P NMR (acetone-d6) : δ = - 73.1 ppm.<br />

77<br />

C15H15O6P (322.25) calcd. C 55.91% H 4.69%<br />

found C 55.85% H 4.65%.<br />

2.3 Ethyl bis{N-[(1S)-1-phenylethyl]-1H-pyrrol-2-yl}phosphinite<br />

and Other Pyrrole Derivatives<br />

(+)-(1S)-N-(1-Phenylethyl)pyrrole (S-14): A suspension of (S)-(-)-α-methylbenzylamine<br />

(38 mL, 36 g, 0.30 mol) in glacial acetic acid (60 mL) was heated under reflux until a yellow<br />

solution was obtained. 2,5-Dimethoxytetrahydrofuran (39 mL, 40 g, 0.30 mol) was then added<br />

over a period of 30 min and the resulting brown solution was heated for a further 1 h. At<br />

25 °C, the acetic acid was removed under reduced pressure and the black viscous residue was<br />

distilled under reduced pressure to afford a colorless liquid; b.p. 82 - 85 °C/2.1 Torr (ref. [95]<br />

20<br />

b.p. 116 - 117 °C/7.0 Torr); = 1.559;<br />

(68%).<br />

n [ ] 20<br />

D<br />

α = +23.5 (c = 1.0, acetonitrile); yield: 34.9 g<br />

D<br />

(-)-(1S)-2-Bromo-N-(1-phenylethyl)pyrrole (S-17): N-Bromosuccinimide (44 g, 0.25 mol)<br />

was added portionwise to a solution of (+)-(1S)-N-(1-phenylethyl)pyrrole [95] (14; 43 g,<br />

0.25 mol) in tetrahydrofuran (1.2 L) at -75 °C. Once the reagent was completely dissolved,<br />

the pale yellow solution was allowed to reach 25 °C and the solvent was removed. The<br />

residue was dissolved in diethyl ether (40 mL) and washed with a saturated aqueous solution<br />

(40 mL) of hydrogen carbonate. According to gas chromatography (30 m, DB-1, 200 °C), the<br />

ethereal solution contained 3% of 2,6-dibrominated pyrrole (18). Once the solvent was<br />

removed, the pale yellow oil was crystallized from hexanes at -25 °C to afford the product as<br />

20<br />

20<br />

colorless needles which melted after filtration; m.p. -23 to -20 °C; n = 1.5757; d = 1.331;<br />

[ ] 20<br />

α D<br />

= -22.2 (c = 1.2, acetone); yield: 41.8 g (67%).<br />

1 H NMR: δ = 7.3 (m, 2 H), 7.2 (m, 1 H), 7.1 (m, 2 H), 7.03 (dd, J = 3.3, 1.9 Hz, 1 H),<br />

6.18 (t, J = 3.5 Hz, 1 H), 6.15 (dd, J = 3.5, 1.9 Hz, 1 H), 5.56 (q, J = 7.1 Hz, 1 H), 1.80<br />

(d, J = 7.1 Hz, 3 H) ppm.<br />

13 C NMR: δ = 143.5, 128.9, 127.7, 126.4, 119.7, 111.1, 109.5, 101.5, 56.8, 21.7 ppm.<br />

MS: 251 (5%, M + + 1), 249 (5%, M + - 1), 145 (65%), 105 (100%).<br />

D<br />

4


78<br />

C12H12BrN (250.13) calcd. C 57.62% H 4.84%<br />

found C 57.63% H 4.72%.<br />

(+)-(1R)-2-Bromo-N-(1-phenylethyl)pyrrole (R-17): Analogously prepared from<br />

(-)-(1S)-N-(1-phenylethyl)pyrrole (9; 43 g, 0.25 mol) and N-bromosuccinimide (44 g,<br />

20<br />

20<br />

0.25 mol); colorless needles; m.p. -24 to -20 °C; n = 1.5761; d = 1.329; [ α ] = +22.0<br />

(c = 1.2, acetone); yield: 43.0 g (69%).<br />

(-)-(1S)-2-Chloro-N-(1-phenylethyl)pyrrole (S-20): N-Chlorosuccinimide (42 g, 0.30 mol)<br />

was added portionwise to a solution of (+)-(1S)-N-(1-phenylethyl)pyrrole (14; 51 g, 0.30 mol)<br />

in toluene (0.50 L) at 25 °C. Once the reagent was completely dissolved, the solvent was<br />

removed and the pale yellow oil was suspended in diethyl ether (0.20 L). The solid (21) was<br />

collected by filtration. Gas chromatography (30 m, DB-1, 175 °C) of the ethereal mother<br />

liquor revealed the presence of 20% of pyrrole (21). After evaporation of the solvent, the<br />

yellow residue was distilled under reduced pressure to afford a colorless liquid; b.p. 78 -<br />

20<br />

20<br />

80 °C/0.3 Torr; n = 1.563; = 1.134;<br />

(74%).<br />

D<br />

d [ ] 20<br />

4<br />

D<br />

D<br />

4<br />

α = -13.7 (c = 1.11, acetone); yield: 46.4 g<br />

1 H NMR: δ = 7.31 (tt, J = 6.4, 1.3 Hz, 2 H), 7.25 (tt, J = 7.4, 1.3 Hz, 1 H), 7.1 (m,<br />

2 H), 6.74 (dd, J = 3.2, 1.6 Hz, 1 H), 6.16 (t, J = 3.5 Hz, 1 H), 6.08 (dd, J = 3.5,<br />

1.6 Hz, 1 H), 5.52 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 1 H), 1.80 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 3 H) ppm.<br />

13 C NMR: δ = 142.3, 128.6, 127.4, 126.2, 117.4, 116.0, 108.0, 106.7, 54.9,<br />

21.7 ppm.<br />

MS: 205 (18%, M + ), 105 (100%), 106 (76%).<br />

C12H12ClN (205.68) calcd. C 70.07% H 5.88%<br />

found C 70.02% H 5.93%.<br />

(+)-(1R)-2-Chloro-N-(1-phenylethyl)pyrrole (R-20): Analogously prepared from<br />

(-)-(1S)-N-(1-phenylethyl)pyrrole (14; 51 g, 0.30 mol) and N-chlorosuccinimide (42 g, 0.30<br />

20<br />

20<br />

mol); colorless liquid; b.p 86 - 88 °C/0.4 Torr; n = 1.560; d = 1.133; [ α<br />

] = +11.0<br />

(c = 1.11, acetone); yield: 48.9 g (79%).<br />

D<br />

4<br />

20<br />

D<br />

20<br />

D


79<br />

(-)-N-{1-[(1S)-Phenylethyl]pyrrol-2-yl}succinimide (S-21): The amorphous solid formed<br />

along with chloropyrrole (S-21) was collected by filtration and recrystallized from diethyl<br />

ether to afford colorless needles; m.p. 148 - 149 °C; [ ] 20<br />

α D = -143.0 (c = 1.0, tetrahydrofuran);<br />

yield: 48.9 g (79%).<br />

1 H NMR: δ = 7.3 (m, 3 H), 7.1 (m, 2 H), 6.89 (dd, J = 3.2, 1.9 Hz, 1 H), 6.28 (t,<br />

J = 3.6 Hz, 1 H), 6.13 (dd, J = 3.8, 1.9 Hz, 1 H), 5.05 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 1 H), 2.6 (m,<br />

4 H), 1.77 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 3 H) ppm.<br />

13 C NMR: δ = 164.0, 142.4, 128.8, 127.7, 125.7, 118.8, 118.6, 108.0, 107.6, 55.4,<br />

28.0, 22.2 ppm.<br />

MS : 268 (23%, M + ), 164 (100%), 136 (12%), 105 (28%).<br />

C16H16N2O2 (268.32) calcd. C 71.62% H 6.01%<br />

found C 71.63% H 6.00%.<br />

(+)-N-[(1R)-Phenylethyl]pyrrole-2-carboxylic acid (R-22): Potassium (7.6 g, 0.19 mol),<br />

anhydrous magnesium chloride (9.7 g, 0.10 mol) and potassium iodide (5.3 g, 32 mmol) were<br />

heated in refluxing tetrahydrofuran (0.15 L) for 90 min. A solution of<br />

(+)-(1R)-2-chloro-N-(1-phenylethyl)pyrrole (R-20; 6.6 g, 32 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran<br />

(5.0 mL) was then rapidly added and the mixture was heated for a further 3 h until gas<br />

chromatography (30 m, DB-1, 175 °C) of an hydrolyzed sample did not show any trace of<br />

starting material. At 25 °C, the resulting black slurry was poured on an excess of freshly<br />

crushed dry ice and acidified to pH 1 with 2.0 M hydrochloric acid (50 mL). After decantation<br />

of the reaction mixture and extraction with ethyl acetate (2 × 40 mL), the combined organic<br />

layers were dried with sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to leave a brown oil which<br />

slowly crystallized upon storage at -10 °C overnight. The obtained compound was sublimed<br />

to give colorless needles; m.p. 89 - 91 °C (ref.<br />

(c = 0.96, acetone); yield: 2.04 g (74%).<br />

[ ]<br />

[ ] 20<br />

229 : m.p. 83.5 - 84.5 °C); α = 131.2<br />

1 H NMR: δ = 7.3 (m, 3 H), 7.1 (m, 3 H), 7.03 (t, J = 2.2 Hz, 1 H), 6.56 (q,<br />

J = 7.0 Hz, 1 H), 6.21 (dd, J = 3.9, 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 1.80 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 3 H) ppm.<br />

13 C NMR: δ = 165.9, 142.6, 128.6, 127.4, 126.7, 126.3, 121.3, 120.5, 108.8, 55.4, 22.0<br />

ppm.<br />

D


80<br />

C13H13NO2 (215.25) calcd. C 72.54% H 6.09%<br />

found C 71.55% H 6.03%.<br />

Ethyl bis{N-[(1S)-phenylethyl]pyrrol-2-yl}phosphinite (19): At -75 °C, butyllithium<br />

(20 mmol) in hexanes (13 mL) was added to a solution of (-)-(1S)-2-bromo-<br />

N-(1-phenylethyl)pyrrole (17; 5.0 g, 20 mmol) in toluene (20 mL). The reaction mixture was<br />

kept at - 10 °C for 20 min. Triethyl phosphite (1.7 mL, 1.7 g, 10 mmol) was then added over a<br />

period of 20 min and the solution was kept at 25 °C for 3 h. The volatiles were then<br />

evaporated to leave an orange oil. Purification by column chromatography on silica (0.16 kg)<br />

eluted with a 5 : 95 (v/v) mixture of ethyl acetate and hexanes afforded a pale yellow liquid;<br />

yield: 1.89 g (47%).<br />

1 H NMR: δ = 7.2 (m, 6 H), 7.1 (m, 4 H), 7.01 (dd, J = 3.6, 2.1 Hz, 1 H), 6.8 m,<br />

1H), 6.41 (symm. m, 1 H), 6.30 (dd, J = 3.0, 1.5 Hz, 1 H), 6.20 (symm. m, 1 H),<br />

6.2 (m, 1 H), 5.92 (qd, J = 6.6, 5.1 Hz, 1 H), 5.49 (quint, J = 6.6 Hz, 1 H), 3.55<br />

(symm. m, 2 H), 1.73 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 3 H), 1.61 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 3 H), 0.94 (t, J =<br />

6.7 Hz, 3 H) ppm.<br />

31 P NMR: δ = 143.5 ppm.<br />

MS : 416 (23%, M + +1), 105 (100%), 77 (24%).


3 The Alkaline Decomposition of Quaternary<br />

Tetraalkylphosphonium Salts<br />

3.1 Preparation of Trialkyl Phosphines and Corresponding<br />

Trivalent Phosphorus Compounds<br />

81<br />

The trivalent phosphorus compounds described below are common intermediates in the<br />

preparation of most of the phosphine oxides and phosphonium salts. Since all of those<br />

compounds were highly pyrophoric, their preparation was carried out following Schlenk<br />

techniques and their purification consisted in a direct filtration/distillation step of the crude<br />

reaction mixture under inert atmosphere, using the apparatus represented below.<br />

Apparatus used for direct distillation under inert atmosphere


82<br />

3.1.1 Dialkyl-N,N-diethylaminophosphines<br />

Dichloro-N,N-diethylaminophosphine (23): Diethylamine (0.20 L, 0.15 kg, 2.0 mol) was<br />

added dropwise to a solution of phosphorus trichloride (88 mL, 0.14 kg, 1.0 mol) in diethyl<br />

ether (0.60 L) at -75 °C. After the end of addition, the mixture was allowed to reach 25 °C and<br />

the salts were removed by filtration through a pad of celite (0.20 kg). The solvent was<br />

stripped off and the residue distilled under vacuum to afford a colorless liquid; b.p. 41 –<br />

42 °C/4.6 Torr (ref. [147] 20<br />

b.p. 73 - 74 °C/13 Torr); n D = 1,4939 ; yield: 147 g (85%).<br />

General procedure: The appropriate organolithium or Grignard reagent (0.20 mol) was<br />

added dropwise to a solution of dichloro-N,N-diethylaminophosphine (23; 0.10 mol) in<br />

tetrahydrofuran (0.20 L) at -75 °C. The reaction mixture was then allowed to warm up to<br />

25 °C and solvents were removed at atmospheric pressure to be replaced by hexanes (0.10 L).<br />

The salts were removed by filtration under inert atmosphere and the filtrate transferred via a<br />

canula, to the addition funnel of the distillation apparatus described above. The solution was<br />

then continuously added during distillation of the solvent at atmospheric pressure, and the<br />

residual yellowish liquid was distilled under high reduced pressure.<br />

Di-tert-butyl-N,N-diethylaminophosphine (24a): Prepared by addition of tert-butyllithium<br />

in pentane (0.13 L); colorless liquid; b.p. 52 - 53 °C/0.77 Torr (ref. [148] b.p. 74 -75 °C/1 Torr);<br />

20 n = 1,4806 (ref.<br />

D<br />

[148] 20 n D = 1,4885); yield: 19.8 g (89%).<br />

1 H NMR: δ = 3.13 (qd, J = 8.7, 7.0 Hz, 4 H), 1.19 (d, J = 12.1 Hz, 18 H), 1.04 (t,<br />

J = 7.0 Hz, 6 H) ppm.<br />

13 C NMR: δ = 43.7 (d, J = 13.5 Hz), 27.6 (d, J = 17.0 Hz), 16.4 (d, J = 2.9 Hz)<br />

31 P NMR: δ = 99.7 ppm.<br />

Dibutyl-N,N-diethylaminophosphine (24b): Prepared by addition of butyllithium in hexane<br />

(0.13 L); colorless liquid; b.p. 51 - 53 °C/0.73 Torr (ref. [147] b.p. 121 °C/16 Torr);<br />

20 n D = 1,4576; yield: 19.4 g (88%).<br />

1 H NMR: δ = 2.91 (dq, J = 8.6, 7.0 Hz, 4 H), 1.5 (m, 2 H), 1.4 (m, 8 H), 1.2 (m,<br />

2 H), 1.01 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 6 H), 0.90 (t broad, J = 7.0 Hz, 6 H) ppm.


83<br />

13 C NMR: δ = 43.8 (d, J = 14 Hz), 30.7 (d, J = 13 Hz), 28.8 (d, J = 15 Hz), 25.3<br />

(d, J = 12 Hz), 16.4 (d, J = 3 Hz), 14.9 ppm.<br />

31 P NMR: δ = 56.9 ppm.<br />

Diethyl-N,N-diethylaminophosphine (24c): Prepared following the procedure described by<br />

K. Issleib and W. Seidel [147] ; colorless liquid; b.p. 44 - 47 °C/12 Torr (ref. [147] b.p. 181°C);<br />

yield: 13.0 g (81%).<br />

1 H NMR: δ = 2.93 (symm. m, 4 H), 1.5 (m, 2 H), 1.2 (m, 2 H), 1.02 (symm. m,<br />

12 H) ppm.<br />

13 C NMR: δ = 42.8 (d, J = 13.3 Hz), 22.2 (d, J = 10.9 Hz), 15.5 (d, J = 2.8 Hz),<br />

9.7 (d, J = 16.1 Hz) ppm.<br />

31 P NMR: δ = 65.2 ppm.<br />

Dimethyl-N,N-diethylaminophosphine (24d): Prepared by addition of methyllithium in<br />

diethyl ether (0.14 L); colorless liquid; b.p. 46 - 49 °C/59 Torr (ref. [149] b.p. 48 °C/35 Torr);<br />

20 n D = 1,4492 (ref.<br />

[149] n 20 = 1.4472); yield: 6.51 g (49%).<br />

D<br />

1 H NMR: δ = 2.80 (qd, J = 9.6, 7.0 Hz, 4 H), 1.01 (d, J = 6.0 Hz, 6 H), 0.94 (t,<br />

J = 7.0 Hz, 6 H) ppm.<br />

13 C NMR: δ = 22.5 (d, J = 11.9 Hz), 16.1 (d, J = 2.6 Hz), 9.9 (d, J = 16.4 Hz)<br />

ppm.<br />

31 P NMR: δ = 34.7 ppm.<br />

3.1.2 Dialkylchlorophosphines<br />

Di-tert-butylchlorophosphine (25a): A 5.8 M hydrogen chloride solution in diethyl ether<br />

(0.10 L) was slowly added to a solution of di-tert-butyl-N,N-diethylaminophosphine (24a;<br />

43 g, 0.20 mol) in diethyl ether (0.10 L) at -75 °C. The salts were removed by filtration under<br />

inert atmosphere and the mother liquors transferred via a canula to the usual distillation


84<br />

apparatus. The solution was added continuously during removal of the solvent under<br />

atmospheric pressure, and the residual liquid was distilled under vacuum to afford a colorless<br />

liquid; b.p. 57 - 58 °C/12 Torr (ref. [150] b.p. 70 - 72 °C/13 Torr); yield: 28.5 g (79%).<br />

1 H NMR: δ = 1.22 (d, J = 12.2 Hz, 18 H) ppm.<br />

13 C NMR: δ = 27.8 (d, J = 17) ppm.<br />

31 P NMR: δ = 149.6 ppm.<br />

Dibutylchlorophosphine (25b): Analogously prepared from dibutyl-N,N-diethylaminophosphine<br />

(24b; 43 g, 0.20 mol); colorless liquid; b.p. 60 - 61 °C/3.4 Torr (ref. [147] b.p. 91 -<br />

92 °C/12 Torr); yield: 31.0 g (86%).<br />

1 H NMR: δ = 1.5 (m, 2 H), 1.4 (m, 8 H), 1.2 (m, 2 H), 0.90 (t broad, J = 7.0 Hz,<br />

6 H) ppm.<br />

13 C NMR: δ = 36.9 (d, J = 28.5 Hz), 26.6 (d, J = 14.2 Hz), 23.7 (d, J = 11.7 Hz),<br />

13.7 (d, J = 0.5 Hz) ppm.<br />

31 P NMR: δ = 119.1 ppm<br />

Chlorodiethylphosphine (25c): Analogously prepared from diethyl-N,N-diethylaminophosphine<br />

(24c; 32 g, 0.20 mol); colorless liquid; b.p. 34 - 37 °C/40 Torr (ref. [151] b.p. 131 - 132 °C); yield:<br />

15.9 g (64%).<br />

1 H NMR: δ = 1.5 (m, 2 H), 1.2 (m, 2 H), 1.0 (m, 6 H) ppm.<br />

13 C NMR: δ = 26.7 (d, J = 27.3 Hz), 8.4 (d, J = 12.7 Hz) ppm.<br />

31 P NMR: δ = 118.0 ppm.<br />

Chlorodimethylphosphine (25d): Analogously prepared from dimethyl-N,N diethylaminophosphine<br />

(24d; 27 g, 0.20 mol); colorless liquid; b.p. 62 - 65 °C (ref. [152] b.p. 72 -75 °C); yield: 9.07 g (47%).


85<br />

1 H NMR: δ = 0.97 (d, J = 6.1 Hz, 6 H) ppm.<br />

13 C NMR: δ = 23.0 (d, J = 27.6 Hz) ppm.<br />

31 P NMR: δ = 93.1 ppm.<br />

Chlorodicyclohexylphosphine (25e): Prepared following the procedure described by<br />

W. Voskuil and J.F. Arens [153] , starting from cyclohexyl chloride (35 mL, 35 g, 0.30 mol),<br />

magnesium (7.0 g, 0.30 mol) and phosphorus trichloride (26 mL, 41 g, 0.15 mol); colorless<br />

liquid; b.p. 100 - 102 °C/0.45 Torr (ref. [153] b.p. 85 - 87 °C/0.001 Torr); yield: 18.0 g (53%).<br />

Chlorodiisopropylphosphine (25f): Prepared following the procedure described by<br />

W. Voskuil and J.F. Arens [153] , starting from isopropyl chloride (27 mL, 23 g, 0.30 mol),<br />

magnesium (7.0 g, 0.30 mol) and phosphorus trichloride (13 mL, 21 g, 0.15 mol); colorless<br />

liquid; b.p. 55 - 57 °C/18 Torr (ref. [153] b.p. 46 - 47 °C/10 Torr); yield: 8.96 g (37%).<br />

3.1.3 Trialkylphosphines<br />

Butyldi-tert-Butylphosphine (26a): Analogously prepared from chlorodi-tert-<br />

butylphosphine (25a; 22 g, 0.12 mol) and butyllithium (0.12 mol) in hexane (82 mL);<br />

[ ]<br />

colorless liquid; b.p. 75 - 76 °C/7.4 Torr (ref. 230 b.p. 88 - 90 °C/8 Torr); yield: 20.5 g (83%).<br />

1 H NMR: δ = 1.5 - 1.2 (m, 6 H), 1.12 (d, J = 10.6 Hz, 18 H), 0.90 (t, J = 7.4 Hz,<br />

3 H) ppm.<br />

13 C NMR: δ = 32.8 (d, J = 24 Hz), 31.1 (d, J = 20 Hz), 29.6 (d, J = 13 Hz), 24.6<br />

(d, J = 13 Hz), 20.7 (d, J = 19 Hz), 13.9 ppm.<br />

31 P NMR: δ = 31.6 ppm.<br />

C12H27P (202.32) calcd. C 71.24% H 13.45%<br />

found C 70.90% H 13.41%.


86<br />

Di-tert-butylisopropylphosphine (26b): Analogously prepared from Chlorodi-tert-<br />

butylphosphine (25a; 18 g, 0.10 mol) and freshly prepared isopropylmagnesium chloride<br />

(0.10 mol) in tetrahydrofuran (50 mL); colorless liquid; b.p. 41 - 43 °C/4.9 Torr (ref. [154] b.p.<br />

81 - 83 °C/11 Torr); yield: 9.85 g (52%).<br />

1 H NMR: δ = 1.4 (m, 1 H), 1.12 (d, J = 11.0 Hz, 18 H), 1.02 (d, J = 11.2 Hz, 6 H)<br />

ppm.<br />

13 C NMR: δ = 35.9 (d, J = 40 Hz), 30.8 (d, J = 13 Hz), 27.8 (d, J = 17 Hz), 23.2<br />

(d, J = 12 Hz) ppm.<br />

31 P NMR: δ = 31.6 ppm.<br />

Di-tert-butylmethylphosphine (26c): A solution of methyllithium (90 mmol) in diethyl ether<br />

(59 mL) was added slowly to a solution of di-tert-butylchlorophosphine (25a; 16 g, 90 mmol)<br />

in diethyl ether (90 mL) at -75 °C. The salts were removed by filtration under inert<br />

atmosphere and the direct distillation protocol was applied to give a colorless liquid; b.p. 50 -<br />

52 °C/13 Torr (ref. [155] b.p. 58 °C/12 Torr); yield: 8.99 g (63%).<br />

1 H NMR: δ = 0.83 (d, J = 4.5 Hz, 3 H), 1.04 (d, J = 10.6 Hz, 18 H) ppm.<br />

13 C NMR: δ = 30.5 (d, J = 21.0 Hz), 29.5 (d, J = 14.1 Hz), 3.2 ppm.<br />

31 P NMR: δ = 11.2 ppm.<br />

Dibutylneopentylphosphine (26d): Analogously prepared from dibutylchlorophosphine<br />

(25b; 22 g, 0.12 mol) and freshly prepared neopentylmagnesium bromide (0.12 mol) in<br />

diethyl ether (0.10 L); colorless liquid; b.p. 84 - 85 °C/1.1 Torr; yield: 16.8 g (65%).<br />

1 H NMR: δ = 1.5 - 1.3 (m, 10 H), 1.2 (s, 2 H), 0.98 (s, 9 H), 0.9 (m, 8 H) ppm.<br />

13 C NMR: δ = 31.5 (d, J = 6 Hz), 30.9 (d, J = 9 Hz), 30.1 (d, J = 64 Hz), 24.3 (d,<br />

J = 14 Hz), 24.2 (d, J = 4 Hz), 13.7 (d, J = 20 Hz) ppm.<br />

31 P NMR: δ = 50.1 ppm.


87<br />

Dibutyl-tert-butylphosphine (26e): Analogously prepared from chlorodibutylphosphine<br />

(25b; 20 g, 0.11 mol) and tert-butyllithium (0.11 mol) in pentane (79 mL); colorless liquid;<br />

b.p. 72 - 73 °C/2.8 Torr; yield: 13.0 g (58%).<br />

1 H NMR: δ = 1.4 (m, 9 H), 1.2 (m, 3 H), 1.02 (d, J = 11.2 Hz, 9 H), 0.9 (m, 6 H)<br />

ppm.<br />

13 C NMR: δ = 42.9 (d, J = 14 Hz), 30.1 (d, J = 18 Hz), 27.4 (d, J = 13 Hz), 24.2<br />

(d, J = 16 Hz), 15.5 (d, J = 3 Hz), 13.9 (d, J = 8 Hz) ppm.<br />

31 P NMR: δ = 0.8 ppm.<br />

C12H27P (202.32) calcd. C 71.24% H 13.45%<br />

found C 71.32% H 13.35%.<br />

Dibutylmethylphosphine (26f): Analogously prepared from dibutylchlorophosphine (25b;<br />

16 g, 90 mmol); colorless liquid; b.p. 63 - 64 °C/15 Torr; yield: 12.0 g (84%).<br />

1 H NMR: δ = 1.3 - 0.9 (m, 18 H), 0.81 (d, J = 3.7 Hz, 3H) ppm.<br />

13 C NMR: δ = 32.6 (d, J = 12.0 Hz), 28.4 (d, J = 13.8 Hz), 24.6 (d,<br />

J = 10.9 Hz), 14.4 (d, J = 16.1 Hz), 13.8 ppm.<br />

31 P NMR: δ = -43.7 ppm.<br />

C9H21P (160.24) calcd. C 67.46% H 13.21%<br />

found C 67.41% H 13.13%.<br />

Butyldiethylphosphine (26g): A solution of butyllithium (0.13 mol) in hexane (0.11 mL)<br />

was added slowly to a solution of diethylchlorophosphine (25g; 16 g, 0.13 mol) in diethyl<br />

ether (50 mL) at -75 °C. The salts were then filtered under inert atmosphere and the usual<br />

direct distillation protocol was applied to give a colorless liquid; b.p. 65 - 66 °C/46 Torr (ref.<br />

[156] b.p. 106 - 107 °C/100 Torr); yield: 9.49 g (51%).<br />

1 H NMR: δ = 1.7 (m, 1 H), 1.4 (m, 9 H), 1.17 (dt, J = 15.6, 7.6 Hz, 1 H), 1.06 (symm.<br />

m, 5 H), 0.9 (m, 3 H) ppm.


88<br />

13 C NMR: δ = 32.9 (d, J = 12 Hz), 27.6 (d, J = 14 Hz), 24.4 (d, J = 11 Hz), 14.3<br />

(d, J = 16 Hz), 11.9 (d, J = 13 Hz), 12.9 ppm.<br />

31 P NMR: δ = 54.0 ppm.<br />

tert-Butyldimethylphosphine (26h) [156] : Analogously prepared from chlorodimethylphosphine<br />

(25d; 24 g, 0.25 mol) and tert-butyllithium (0.25 mol) in pentane (0.16 L); colorless liquid; b.p.<br />

38 - 39 °C/140 Torr; yield: 19.7 g (67%).<br />

1 H NMR: δ = 0.81 (d, J = 4.7 Hz, 6 H), 1.03 (d, J = 10.7 Hz, 9 H) ppm.<br />

13 C NMR: δ = 26.5 (d, J = 10.6 Hz), 26.4 (d, J = 13.3 Hz), 9.5 (d, J = 19.8 Hz)<br />

ppm.<br />

31 P NMR: δ = -28.7 ppm.<br />

Butyldimethylphosphine (26i): Analogously prepared from chlorodimethylphosphine (25d;<br />

14 g, 0.15 mol) and butyllithium (0.15 mol) in hexane (0.10 L); colorless liquid; b.p. 45 -<br />

48 °C/31 Torr (ref. [38] b.p. 56 - 60 °C/72 Torr); yield: 19.7 g (68%).<br />

1 H NMR: δ = 1.3 - 0.9 (m, 9 H), 0.83 (d, J = 3.7 Hz, 6H) ppm.<br />

13 C NMR: δ = 32.9 (d, J = 12.1 Hz), 27.6 (d, J = 13.7 Hz), 24.4 (d,<br />

J = 11.3 Hz), 14.3 (d, J = 16.0 Hz), 12.9 ppm.<br />

31 P NMR: δ = -53.5 ppm.<br />

Butyldicyclohexylphosphine (26j): Analogously prepared from Chlorodicyclohexylphosphine<br />

(25e; 24 g, 0.11 mol) and butyllithium (0.11 mol) in hexane (68 mL); colorless liquid; b.p. 107 -<br />

108 °C/0.39 Torr; yield: 20.8 g (82%).<br />

13 C NMR: δ = 33.3 (d, J = 12 Hz), 30.7 (d, J = 18 Hz), 30.4 (d, J = 14 Hz), 29.1<br />

(d, J = 8 Hz), 27.4 (d, J = 10 Hz), 27.3 (d, J = 6 Hz), 26.6, 24.6 (d, J = 12 Hz),<br />

21.0 (d, J = 16 Hz), 13.9 ppm.<br />

31 P NMR: δ = -1.3 ppm.


89<br />

C16H31P (254.39) calcd. C 75.54% H 12.28%<br />

found C 75.52% H 12.26%.<br />

Methyldiisopropylphosphine (26k): Prepared following the procedure described by A.H.<br />

Cowley and J.L. Mills [158] starting from chlorodiisopropylphosphine (25f; 12 g, 80 mmol)<br />

and methyllithium (80 mmol) in diethyl ether (66 mL); colorless liquid; b.p. 47 - 48 °C/63<br />

Torr (ref. [158] b.p. 150 - 151 °C); yield: 7.24 g (69%).<br />

3.2 Trialkylphosphine Oxides<br />

Butyldi-tert-butylphosphine oxide (27a): Analogously prepared from butyldi-tert-<br />

butylphosphine (26a; 8.5 g, 42 mmol) and 30% hydrogen peroxide solution (10 mL);<br />

[ ]<br />

colorless liquid; b.p. 78 - 79 °C/0.5 Torr (ref. 231 b.p. 73 °C/0.025 Torr); yield: 7.96 g (87%).<br />

1 H NMR: δ = 1.7 (m, 4 H), 1.4 (m, 2 H), 1.26 (d, J = 12.8 Hz, 18 H), 0.94 (t,<br />

J = 7.4 Hz, 3 H) ppm.<br />

13 C NMR: δ = 35.7 (d, J = 59 Hz), 26.7, 25.3 (d, J = 5 Hz), 24.9 (d, J = 12 Hz),<br />

21.5 (d, J = 57 Hz), 13.7 ppm.<br />

31 P NMR: δ = 62.4 ppm.<br />

C12H270P (218.32) calcd. C 66.02% H 12.47%<br />

found C 65.95% H 12.34%.<br />

Di-tert-butylisopropylphosphine oxide (27b): Analogously prepared from<br />

di-tert-butylisopropylphosphine (26b; 3.2 g, 17 mmol) and 30% hydrogen peroxide solution<br />

(5 mL); white needles after sublimation; m.p. 64 - 66 °C (ref. [231] b.p. 63 - 65 °C); yield:<br />

3.05 g (88%).<br />

1 H NMR: δ = 2.37 (symm. m, 1 H), 1.41 (d, J = 17 Hz, 18 H), 1.32 (d, J = 13 Hz, 6 H)<br />

ppm.


90<br />

13 C NMR: δ = 41.5 (d, J = 61 Hz), 27.1 (d, J = 86 Hz), 26.7, 18.7 (d, J = 2 Hz)<br />

ppm.<br />

31 P NMR: δ = 97.7 ppm.<br />

Dibutylneopentylhposphine oxide (27c)<br />

[81] : Analogously prepared from<br />

dibutylneopentylphosphine (26d; 5.0 g, 23 mmol) and 30% hydrogen peroxide solution<br />

(9 mL); colorless liquid; b.p. 113 - 118 °C/0.25 Torr; yield: 4.59 g (86%).<br />

1 H NMR: δ = 1.7 (m, 6 H), 1.64 (d, J = 10.0 Hz, 2 H), 1.5 (m, 7 H), 1.16 (s, 9 H),<br />

0.94 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 6H) ppm.<br />

13 C NMR: δ = 40.9 (d, J = 63 Hz), 31.5 (d, J = 7 Hz), 30.1 (d, J = 64 Hz), 24.3 (d,<br />

J = 14 Hz), 24.2 (d, J = 4 Hz), 24.2, 13.6 ppm.<br />

31 P NMR: δ = 50.1 ppm.<br />

Dibutyl-tert-butylposphine oxide (27d): Analogously prepared from dibutyl-tert-<br />

butylposphine (26e; 10 g, 51 mmol) and 30% hydrogen peroxide solution (15 mL); colorless<br />

liquid; b.p. 95 - 96 °C/0.38 Torr; yield: 8.29 g (75%).<br />

1 H NMR: δ = 1.6 (m, 8 H), 1.4 (m, 4 H), 1.17 (d, J = 14.0 Hz, 9 H), 0.94 (t, J =<br />

7.4 Hz, 6 H) ppm.<br />

13 C NMR: δ = 32.4 (d, J = 66 Hz), 24.8, 24.7 (d, J = 6 Hz), 24.5 (d, J = 22 Hz),<br />

24.3 (d, J = 27 Hz), 13.7 ppm.<br />

31 P NMR: δ = 57.9 ppm.<br />

C12H27OP (218.32) calcd. C 66.02% H 12.47%<br />

found C 66.01% H 12.43%.<br />

Butyldiethylphosphine oxide (27e): Analogously prepared from butyldiethylphosphine (26g;<br />

6.0 g, 41 mmol) and 30% hydrogen peroxide solution (17 mL); colorless liquid; b.p. 93 -<br />

94 °C/2.5 Torr (ref. [37] b.p. 160 °C/3.1 Torr); yield: 5.17 g (78%).


91<br />

1 H NMR: δ = 1.7 (m, 6 H), 1.5 (m, 2 H), 1.4 (m, 2 H), 1.17 (dt, J = 15.6, 7.7 Hz,<br />

6 H), 0.94 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3 H) ppm.<br />

13 C NMR: δ = 26.2 (d, J = 65 Hz), 24.2 (d, J = 14 Hz), 23.5 (d, J = 4 Hz), 19.8 (d,<br />

J = 66 Hz), 13.6, 5.7 (d, J = 5 Hz) ppm.<br />

31 P NMR: δ = 58.1 ppm.<br />

Butyldimethylposphine oxide (27f): A 30% aqueous hydrogen peroxide solution (3.5 mL,<br />

29 mmol) was added dropwise to a solution of butyldimethylphosphine (26i; 2.3 g, 19 mmol)<br />

in diethyl ether (38 mL) at 0 °C. After the exothermic reaction has ceased, phases were<br />

separated and the organic layers was washed with a saturated sodium sulfite solution (10 mL)<br />

and dried with sodium sulfate. Removal of the solvent and distillation of the residue afforded<br />

a colorless liquid; b.p. 81 - 82 °C/0.35 Torr (ref. [38] b.p. 70 - 73 °C/0.25 Torr; yield: 2.18 g<br />

(84%).<br />

1 H NMR: δ = 1.7 (m, 2 H), 1.6 (m, 2 H), 1.48 (d, J = 12.3 Hz, 6 H), 1.45<br />

(symm. m, 2 H), 0.95 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3 H) ppm.<br />

13 C NMR: δ = 31.5 (d, J = 69 Hz), 24.1 (d, J = 20 Hz), 24.0, 16.1 (d, J = 68 Hz),<br />

13.6 ppm.<br />

31 P NMR: δ = 45.6 ppm.<br />

Butyldicyclohexylphosphine oxide (27g): Analogously prepared from<br />

butyldicyclohexylphosphine (26j; 2.7 g, 15 mmol) and 30% hydrogen peroxide solution<br />

(5 mL); white needles after sublimation; m.p. 57 - 59 °C; yield: 3.77 g (93%).<br />

1 H NMR: δ = 2.0 (m, 3 H), 1.8 (m, 6 H), 1.7 (m, 3 H), 1.6 (m, 4 H), 1.4 (m, 6 H),<br />

1.2 (m, 6 H), 0.93 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 3 H) ppm.<br />

13 C NMR: δ = 36.3 (d, J = 64 Hz), 26.6 (d, J = 3 Hz), 26.6 (d, J = 3 Hz), 26.0 (d, J = 1<br />

Hz), 26.0 (d, J = 2 Hz), 25.7 (d, J = 3 Hz), 24.7 (d, J = 13 Hz), 24.1 (d, J = 4 Hz), 23.6<br />

(d, J = 61 Hz), 13.7 ppm.


31 P NMR: δ = 53.4 ppm.<br />

92<br />

C16H31OP (270.39) calcd. C 71.07% H 11.56%<br />

found C 71.01% H 11.53%.<br />

Methyldiisopropylphosphine oxide (27h): Analogously prepared from<br />

Methyldiisopropylphosphine (26k; 4.8 g, 36 mmol) and 30% hydrogen peroxide solution<br />

(10 mL); colorless liquid; b.p. 70 - 71 °C/3.1 Torr (ref. [161] b.p. 116 - 117 °C/20 Torr); yield:<br />

4.63 g (86%).<br />

1 H NMR: δ = 1.98 (symm. m, 2 H), 1.31 (d, J = 11.5 Hz, 3 H), 1.23 (dd, J = 14.9,<br />

7.4 Hz, 6 H), 1.16 (dd, J = 15.5, 7.2 Hz, 6 H) ppm.<br />

13 C NMR: δ = 25.6 (d, J = 67 Hz), 16.0 (d, J = 2 Hz), 15.1 (d, J = 3 Hz), 7.6 (d,<br />

J = 62 Hz) ppm.<br />

31 P NMR: δ = 60.6 ppm.<br />

Di-tert-butylmethylphosphine oxide (27i): In a two necked flask equipped with a reflux<br />

condenser, iodomethane (0.3 mL, 0.7 g, 4.0 mmol) was added at 25 °C, to a solution of<br />

methyldi-tert-butylphosphinite (7.0 g, 40 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (20 mL). The mixture was<br />

then vigorously stirred until the white precipitate redisolved. After 1 h, the solvent and excess<br />

of reagent were evaporated and the residue directly distilled to afford a colorless liquid which<br />

spontaneously crystallized into white needles; b.p. 72 - 73 °C/0.85 Torr (ref. [162] b.p.<br />

57 °C/0.02 Torr); m.p. 23 - 25 °C; yield: 5.50 g (79%).<br />

1 H NMR: δ = 3.72 (d, J = 10 Hz, 3 H), 1.17 (d, J = 16 Hz, 18 H) ppm.<br />

13 C NMR: δ = 51.3 (d, J = 7 Hz), 24.2, 8.5 (d, J = 85) ppm.<br />

31 P NMR: δ = 58.4 ppm.<br />

Dibutylmethylphosphine oxide (27j): Prepared following a procedure described by G.M.<br />

Kosolapoff and R.F. Struck [163] , starting from methylphosphonic dichloride ( 6.7 g, 50 mmol)<br />

and butylmagnesium bromide (0.11 mol) in tetrahydrofuran (45 mL); white needles; b.p. 133<br />

- 135 °C/0.49 Torr; m.p. 32 - 34 °C (ref. [163] m.p. 34 - 35 °C); yield: 7.45 g (84%).


93<br />

1 H NMR: δ = 1.7 (m, 4 H), 1.6 (m, 4 H), 1.4 (m, 4 H), 1.42 (d, J = 12.1 Hz, 3 H),<br />

0.94 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 6 H) ppm.<br />

13 C NMR: δ = 29.7 (d, J = 67 Hz), 24.2 (d, J = 14 Hz), 23.9 (d, J = 4 Hz), 13.9 (d,<br />

J = 66 Hz), 13.6 ppm.<br />

31 P NMR: δ = 48.8 ppm.<br />

tert-Butyldimethylposphine oxide (27k): A solution of tert-butylphosphonic dichloride (8.7<br />

g, 50 mmol) in diethyl ether (50 mL) was added dropwise to methylmagnesium bromide (0.10<br />

mol) in diethyl ether (35 mL) at 10 °C. The brown mixture was then stirred at 25 °C for 1 h<br />

until it became homogeneous and solvent was removed and replaced by hexanes (50 mL).<br />

Filtration of the salts and evaporation of the solvent gave a brown oil which was distilled<br />

under vacuum to afford a colorless liquid; b.p. 58 - 61 °C/0.33 Torr (ref. [162] b.p. 90 -<br />

94 °C/2 Torr); yield: 4.55 g (68%).<br />

1 H NMR: d = 2.13 (d, J = 11.8 Hz, 6 H), 1.49 (d, J = 15.2 Hz, 9 H) ppm.<br />

13 C NMR: d = 51.5 (d, J = 7 Hz), 24.4, 8.4 (d, J = 85) ppm.<br />

31 P NMR: d = 48.9 ppm.<br />

3.3 Tetraalkylphosphonium Halides<br />

Dibutyldimethylphosphonium iodide (28a): Iodomethane (0.40 mL, 1.0 g, 7.0 mmol) was<br />

added dropwise to a solution of dibutylmethylphosphine (26f; 1.1 g, 7.0 mmol) in diethyl<br />

ether (6.0 mL) at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm up to 25 °C and the<br />

precipitate formed was filtered under inert atmosphere. The solid obtained was recrystallized<br />

from diethyl ether to afford white prisms; m.p. 168 - 169 °C; yield: 2.10 g (99%).<br />

1 H NMR: δ = 2.5 (m, 4 H), 2.18 (d, J = 13.6 Hz, 6 H), , 1.5 (m, 8 H), 0.98 (t, J =<br />

7.1 Hz, 6 H) ppm.


94<br />

13 C NMR: δ = 40.8 (d, J = 3 Hz), 23.8 (d, J = 16 Hz), 23.7 (d, J = 14 Hz), 23.7 (d,<br />

J = 4 Hz), 23.6 (d, J = 3 Hz), 7.5 (d, J = 53 Hz) ppm.<br />

31 P NMR: δ = 31.7 ppm.<br />

C10H24IP (302.18) calcd. C 39.75% H 8.01%<br />

found C 39.72% H 8.02%.<br />

Di-tert-butyldimethylphosphonium iodide (28b): Analogously prepared from<br />

di-tert-butylmethylphosphine (26c; 1.9 g, 12 mmol) and iodomethane (0.7 mL, 1.7 g, 12<br />

mmol); white needles (from diethyl ether); m.p. > 320 °C (ref. [164] m.p. 338 - 346 °C); yield:<br />

3.57 g (99%).<br />

1 H NMR: δ = 2.13 (d, J = 11.8 Hz, 6 H), 1.48 (d, J = 15.3 Hz, 18 H) ppm.<br />

13 C NMR: δ = 27.2, 26.1 (d, J = 4 Hz), 29.7 (d, J = 11 Hz) ppm.<br />

31 P NMR: δ = 50.0 ppm.<br />

Dibutyldi-tert-butylphosphonium bromide (28c): Analogously prepared from<br />

butyldi-tert-butylphosphine (26a; 1.7 g, 8.4 mmol) and butyl bromide (2.3 mL, 2.9 g, 21<br />

mmol); white prisms (from ethyl acetate); m.p. 105 - 106 °C; yield: 2.79 g (98%).<br />

1 H NMR: δ = 2.52 (symm. m, 4 H), 1.7 (m, 4 H), 1.65 (symm. m, 4 H), 1.55 (d,<br />

J = 14.4 Hz, 18 H), 1.00 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 6 H) ppm.<br />

13 C NMR: δ = 35.0 (d, J = 37 Hz), 28.2, 26.1 (d, J = 6 Hz), 24.8 (d, J = 14 Hz),<br />

17.8 (d, J = 40 Hz), 13.7 ppm.<br />

31 P NMR: δ = 47.6 ppm.<br />

C16H36BrP (339.33) calcd. C 56.63% H 10.69%<br />

Tributylneopentylphosphonium iodide (28d)<br />

found C 56.08% H 10.56%.<br />

[ ] 232 : Butyl iodide (1.9 mL, 3.1 g, 17 mmol)<br />

was quickly added to a solution of dibutylneopentylphosphine (26d; 2.4 g, 11 mmol) in


95<br />

hexanes (15 mL) and the reaction mixture was heated to reflux for 12 h. At 25 °C, the<br />

precipitate was filtered under inert atmosphere and recrystallized from ethyl acetate to afford<br />

white needles; m.p. 173 - 175 °C; yield: 4.40 g (98%).<br />

1 H NMR: δ = 2.55 (d, J = 13.4 Hz, 2 H), 2.5 (m, 6 H), 1.6 (m, 12 H), 1.23 (s,<br />

9 H), 0.99 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 9 H) ppm.<br />

13 C NMR: δ = 33.3 (d, J = 42 Hz), 32.3 (d, J = 5 Hz), 31.8 (d, J = 7 Hz), 24.1 (d, J<br />

= 5 Hz), 24.0 (d, J = 15 Hz), 21.2 (d, J = 46 Hz), 13.5 ppm.<br />

31 P NMR: δ = 34.9 ppm.<br />

Butyltriethylphosphonium iodide (28e) [167] : Analogously prepared from triethylphosphine<br />

(3.1 g, 26 mmol) and butyl iodide (4.3 mL, 7.0 g, 39 mmol); white needles (from ethyl<br />

acetate); m.p. 194 - 196 °C; yield: 7.44 g (96%).<br />

1 H NMR: δ = 2.53 (dq, J = 13.0, 7.7 Hz, 6 H), 1.6 (m, 6 H), 1.33 (dt, J = 18.0,<br />

7.7 Hz, 9 H), 0.99 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3 H) ppm.<br />

13 C NMR: δ = 24.0 (d, J = 15 Hz), 23.7 (d, J = 5 Hz), 18.2 (d, J = 47 Hz), 13.5,<br />

12.7 (d, J = 49 Hz), 6.3 (d, J = 6 Hz) ppm.<br />

31 P NMR: δ = 41.1 ppm.<br />

3.4 Alkaline Decomposition of Phosphonium Salts<br />

General procedure: The phosphonium salt (1.0 mmol) was suspended in butanol (5 .0 mL) and a 6.0<br />

M aqueous potassium hydroxide solution (1.0 mL) was added. Tributylphosphine oxide or<br />

triisopropylphosphine oxide (1 mmol), depending on the expected reaction products, was immediately<br />

added as internal standard. The reaction mixture was then heated at 110 °C until no trace of starting<br />

phosphonium remained. The gases formed during the decomposition were bubbled into a solution of<br />

bromine (0.2 mL, 0.5 g, 3 mmol) in chloroform (5 mL). After the gas evolution ceased, cyclohexane<br />

(20 mL) was added and the solvents were removed under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved<br />

in diethyl ether (15 mL), dried with sodium sulfate and evaporated to dryness. 31 P NMR experiment<br />

was directly run on the crude mixture without any further purification.


96<br />

31 P NMR settings: It is known that the Nuclear Overhauser Effect (NOE) causes change in the<br />

integration intensity during 1 H decoupling. Thus, all spectra were recorded in a 1 H-nondecoupling<br />

mode. Furthermore, pulse delay time must be long enough to allow complete relaxation of the nuclei<br />

and thus quantitative measurements. Hence, a typical experiment based on the progressive saturation<br />

[ , ]<br />

and saturation recovery 233 234 was applied to the phosphonium salts in order to determine the<br />

minimum spin-lattice relaxation time T1(min.). To insure complete relaxation of all nuclei considered,<br />

the experimental relaxation time T1(exp.) was then set to 5T1(min.). The effective NMR settings used<br />

were data points 32K, spectral width 19000 Hz, pulse width 12.0 µsec (pulse angle 90°), pulse delay<br />

time 30 sec, and number of FID accumulation 256.<br />

In order to evaluate the standard error on the measurements, a calibration was<br />

performed by recording several spectra, in the conditions described above. Twelve sample<br />

mixtures of di-tert-butylmethylphosphine oxide and dibutylmethylphosphine oxide were<br />

prepared by accurate weighting in ratios ranging from 48.7 : 51.3 to 99.3 : 0.7. The accuracy<br />

of the 31 P-NMR quantification was hence checked for ratios close to 1 : 1 mixture, as well as<br />

extreme 99 : 1 cases, by comparing the theoretical ratios to thoses obtained by NMR<br />

integration of the peaks (see Figure 10 – 14 for typical examples). Each sample of phosphine<br />

oxides mixture was recorded three times and an average integration value was used to obtain a<br />

linear regression with a good correlation factor (r² = 0.99):<br />

Theoretica l ratio = 1.01×<br />

Experimental<br />

ratio - 0.50<br />

Theoretical ratio: (48.7:51.3)<br />

Experimental ratio: (48.0:52.0)<br />

Figure 10. Calibration 31 P-NMR spectrum of a (tert-C4H9)2P(O)CH3 / (C4H9)2P(O)CH3


97<br />

Theoretical ratio: (50.3:49.7)<br />

Experimental ratio: (51.0:49.0)<br />

Figure 11. Calibration 31 P-NMR spectrum of a (tert-C4H9)2P(O)CH3 / (C4H9)2P(O)CH3<br />

Theoretical ratio: (94.0:6.0)<br />

Experimental ratio: (93.4:6.6)<br />

Figure 12. Calibration 31 P-NMR spectrum of a (tert-C4H9)2P(O)CH3 / (C4H9)2P(O)CH3


98<br />

Theoretical ratio: (96.1:3.9)<br />

Experimental ratio: (95.7:4.3)<br />

Figure 13. Calibration 31 P-NMR spectrum of a (tert-C4H9)2P(O)CH3 / (C4H9)2P(O)CH3<br />

Theoretical ratio: (99.3:0.7)<br />

Experimental ratio: (98.6:1.4)<br />

Figure 14. Calibration 31 P-NMR spectrum of a (tert-C4H9)2P(O)CH3 / (C4H9)2P(O)CH3


99<br />

To illustrate the experimental method for the quantification of the phosphine oxides<br />

resulting from alkaline decomposition of phosphonium halides, a detailed protocole is given<br />

for tributylneopentylphosphonium iodide degradation:<br />

Tributylneopentylphosphonium iodide (0.40 g, 1.0 mmol) was suspended in butanol (5.0 mL) and<br />

a 6.0 M aqueous potassium hydroxide solution (1.0 mL) was added. Triisopropylphosphine oxide<br />

(0.13 g, 0.76 mmol) was immediately added as internal standard. The reaction mixture was then<br />

heated at 110 °C in a thermostated bath until no trace of starting phosphonium remained. The gases<br />

formed during the decomposition were bubbled into a solution of bromine (0.2 mL, 0.5 g, 3 mmol) in<br />

chloroform (5.0 mL). After the gas evolution ceased, the bromine solution was treated with a sodium<br />

sulfite solution, phases were decantated. The organic layer was dried with sodium sulfate and the<br />

presence of brominated adduct was immediately checked by gas chromatography (30 m, DB-1,<br />

70 °C). Cyclohexane (20 mL) was added to the reaction slurry and the solvents were removed under<br />

reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in diethyl ether (15 mL), dried with sodium sulfate and<br />

evaporated to dryness. 31 P NMR experiment was directly run on the crude mixture without any further<br />

purification (See Figure 15). Yield: 98% according to triisopropylphosphine oxide (internal standard).<br />

This experiment was repeated three times in the same conditions to afford an average phosphine oxide<br />

ratio by comparison with the spectra of each individual original phosphine oxide. The average<br />

tributylphosphine oxide/dibutylneopentylphosphine oxide was calculated of 17:83.<br />

Figure 15. Alkaline decomposition of tributylneopentylphosphonium iodide with potassium hydroxide in a<br />

butanol/water (8:2) mixture at 110 °C


101<br />

4 The Preparation and Racemate Resolution of<br />

Biphenyls and Biphenylbisphosphines<br />

4.1 Preparation of 6,6’-Dibromobiphenyl-2,2’-diol and<br />

Derivatives Thereof<br />

1,3-Dibromo-2-iodobenzene (29): Butyllithium (1.0 mol) in hexane (0.50 L) was added to a<br />

solution of diisopropylamine (0.15 L, 0.11 kg, 1.1 mol) in tetrahydrofuran (2.0 L) at 0 °C. The<br />

solution was then cooled to -75 °C and 1,3-dibromobenzene (0.12 L, 0.24 kg, 1.0 mol) was<br />

added dropwise over 90 min, so that temperature stayed below -70 °C. The slightly yellow<br />

suspension was stirred for 2 h before a solution of iodine (0.25 kg, 1.0 mol) in tetrahydrofuran<br />

(0.40 L) was added all at once. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm up to 25 °C and a<br />

saturated aqueous sodium sulfite solution (0.20 L) was added. The volatiles were removed<br />

under reduced pressure and the aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 × 0.25 L)<br />

and washed with 1.0 M hydrochloric acid (0.10 L; 0.10 mol) to afford a slightly yellow solid<br />

which was recrystallized from ethanol to give colorless prisms; m.p. 99 - 101 °C; yield:<br />

0.35 kg (96%).<br />

1 H NMR: δ = 7.56 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2 H), 7.06 (t, J = 8.0 Hz, 1 H) ppm.<br />

13 C NMR: δ = 131.2, 131.0, 130.2, 109.2 ppm.<br />

C6H3Br2I (361.8) calcd. C 19.92% H 0.84%<br />

found C 19.97% H 0.80%.<br />

2,2’,6,6’-Tetrabromobiphenyl (30): Butyllithium (0.75 mol) in hexane (0.49 L) was added<br />

dropwise over 2 h to a solution of 1,3-dibromo-2-iodobenzene (29; 0.27 kg, 0.75 mol) in<br />

diethyl ether (1.4 L) at -75 °C. Copper(II) bromide (0.17 kg, 0.75 mol) was then added all at<br />

once and the black slurry was kept at the same temperature for 45 min before nitrobenzene<br />

(77 mL, 93 g, 0.75 mol) was added. At 25 °C, a 12% ammonium hydroxide solution (0.40 L)


102<br />

was added and the phases were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate<br />

(2 × 0.30 L), the combined organic phases were dried with sodium sulfate and the solvent was<br />

evaporated. The black residue was triturated with cold methanol and filtered to afford the<br />

[ ]<br />

product as colorless crystals; m.p. 215 - 217 °C (ref. 235 m.p. 215 °C); yield: 113 g (64%).<br />

1 H NMR: δ = 7.66 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 4 H), 7.16 (t, J = 8.0 Hz, 2 H) ppm.<br />

13 C NMR: δ = 142.3, 132.0, 131.0, 124.7 ppm.<br />

(±)-(PM)-6,6’-Dibromobiphenyl-2,2’-diol (31): At -75 °C, butyllithium (0.14 mol) in<br />

hexane (64 mL) was added to a solution of 2,2’,6,6’-tetrabromo-1,1’-biphenyl (30; 33 g, 70<br />

mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (0.35 L) at -75 °C. The mixture was then consecutively treated with<br />

fluorodimethoxyborane diethyl etherate [177] (39 mL, 35 g, 0.21 mol) and at 0 °C, with a 2.0 M<br />

aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (0.15 L, 0.30 mol). After 30 min, a 35% aqueous<br />

hydrogen peroxide solution (18 mL, 0.21 mol) was added and the white slurry was stirred for<br />

1 h. Phases were decanted and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 × 0.10 L), and the combined<br />

organic layers washed with a saturated aqueous sodium sulfite solution. Drying with sodium<br />

sulfate and removal of the solvent left a dark brown paste which was precipitated in hexanes<br />

an recrystallized from toluene to afford the expected product as white prisms; m.p. 165 -<br />

166 °C; yield: 18.2 g (76%).<br />

1 H NMR: δ = 7.31 (dd, J = 8.2, 1.2 Hz, 2 H), 7.25 (t, J = 8.1 Hz, 2 H), 7.01 (dd,<br />

J = 8.2, 1.2 Hz, 2 H), 4.8 (s broad, 2 H) ppm.<br />

13 C NMR: δ = 155.1, 132.0, 125.7, 125.5, 122.5, 115.2 ppm.<br />

C12H8Br2O2 (344.00) calcd. C 41.90% H 2.34%<br />

found C 41.98% H 2.30%.<br />

Optical resolution of (±)-(PM)-6,6’-Dibromobiphenyl-2,2’-diol (31): Racemic<br />

6,6’-dibromobiphenyl-2,2’-diol (31; 15 g, 44 mmol) and (-)-(1R,2R)-1,2-diaminocyclohexane<br />

(33; 5.1 g, 44 mmol) were heated in boiling ethanol (0.10 L) for 10 min and the solution was<br />

stirred for 3 h while slowly decreasing the temperature to 25 °C. Hexanes was then added<br />

(10 mL) and the solution was kept a 5 °C for 24 h until crystallisation occurred. The solid was<br />

collected by filtration and directly recrystallized from ethanol to afford colorless prisms<br />

(6.91 g). Decomposition of the complex with 10% hydrochloric acid (30 mL) and the usual


103<br />

extraction protocol with ethyl acetate (2 × 20 mL) afforded the enriched (P)-(-)-(3)<br />

enantiomer. This protocol was repeated until optical rotatory power remained constant;<br />

colorless prisms; m.p. 180 - 181 °C; [ ] 20<br />

α D = -42.9 (c = 1.0, ethanol); ee > 99% [determined by<br />

conversion to (+)-MeO-BIPHEP]; yield: 5.80 g (39%).<br />

The residue obtained after evaporation of the combined mother liquor was decomposed the<br />

same way. The whole procedure was then applied to the enriched (M)-(+)-(31) enantiomer<br />

obtained, using (1S,2S)-1,2-diaminocyclohexane. Filtration of the complex and decomposition<br />

afforded colorless prisms; m.p. 178 - 180 °C; [ ] 20<br />

α D = +42.0 (c = 1.0, ethanol); ee > 98%<br />

[determined by conversion to (-)-MeO-BIPHEP]; yield: 6.31 g (42%).<br />

C12H8Br2O2 (344.00) calcd. C 41.90% H 2.34%<br />

found C 41.84% H 2.33%.<br />

(±)-(PM)-2,2’-Dibromo-6,6’-bis(methoxymethoxy)biphenyl (34): A solution of<br />

6,6’-dibromobiphenyl-2,2’-diol (31; 26 g, 76 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (75 mL) was added<br />

dropwise to a 60% suspension of sodium hydride in mineral oil (6.1 g, 0.15 mol) in<br />

tetrahydrofuran (75 mL) at 25 °C. After 30 min, a solution of freshly prepared chloromethyl<br />

methyl ether (13 mL, 13 g, 0.17 mol) in tetrahydrofuran (35 mL) was added dropwise at 0 °C.<br />

After the end of addition, the reaction mixture was warmed up to 25 °C and water was added<br />

(0.10 L). Phases were decanted, the aqueous one was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 × 75 mL)<br />

and the combined organic layers were dried with sodium sulfate. After removal of the solvent,<br />

the white solid left was recrystallized from methanol to afford tiny colorless platelets; m.p.<br />

153 - 155 °C; yield: 30.8 g (94%).<br />

1 H NMR: δ = 7.34 (dd, J = 7.9, 1.3 Hz, 2 H), 7.22 (t, J = 8.0 Hz, 2 H), 7.17 (dd,<br />

J = 8.3, 1.3 Hz, 2 H), 5.07 (d, J = 6.7 Hz, 2 H), 5.05 (d, J = 6.7 Hz, 2 H), 3.36 (s,<br />

6 H) ppm.<br />

13 C NMR: δ = 157.6, 130.0, 129.1, 125.8, 124.9, 113.7, 94.5, 56.0 ppm.<br />

C16H16Br2O4 (432.10) calcd. C 44.47% H 3.73%<br />

found C 44.38% H 3.87%.<br />

(-)-(P)-2,2’-Dibromo-6,6’-bis(methoxymethoxy)biphenyl (P-34): Prepared following the<br />

same protocol, starting from (-)-(P)-6,6’-dibromobiphenyl-2,2’-diol (31); m.p. 66 - 68 °C;<br />

[ ] 20<br />

α<br />

D<br />

= -29.7 (c = 1.03, acetone).


104<br />

(+)-(M)-2,2’-Dibromo-6,6’-bis(methoxymethoxy)biphenyl (M-34): prepared following the<br />

same protocol, starting from (+)-(M)-6,6’-dibromobiphenyl-2,2’-diol (31); m.p. 67 - 68 °C;<br />

[ ] 20<br />

α D<br />

= +29.4 (c = 1.0, acetone).<br />

(±)-(PM)-2,2’-Dibromo-6,6’-dimethoxybiphenyl (35): Iodomethane (3.4 mL, 7.8 g,<br />

55 mmol) was added to a suspension of 6,6’-dibromobiphenyl-2,2’-diol (31; 8.6 g, 25 mmol)<br />

and finely powdered potassium hydroxide (3.1 g, 55 mmol) in dimethylsulfoxide (25 mL) at<br />

25 °C. After vigorous for 90 min, water (7.0 mL) was added and the precipitate was filtered to<br />

give a white solid. Recrystallization from diethyl ether afforded colorless prisms; m.p. 221 -<br />

223 °C; yield: 8.55 g (90%).<br />

1 H NMR: δ = 7.28 (dd, J = 8.0, 1.2 Hz, 2 H), 7.23 (t, J = 8.0 Hz, 2 H), 6.92 (dd,<br />

J = 8.0, 1.2 Hz, 2 H), 3.74 (s, 6 H) ppm.<br />

13 C NMR: δ = 158.3, 129.9, 128.1, 125.3, 124.6, 110.0, 56.4 ppm.<br />

C14H12Br2O2 (372.05) calcd. C 45.20% H 3.25%<br />

found C 45.55% H 2.96%.<br />

(-)-(P)-2,2’-Dibromo-6,6’-dimethoxybiphenyl (P-35): Prepared following the same<br />

protocol, starting from (-)-(P)-6,6’-dibromobiphenyl-2,2’-diol (31); m.p. 173 - 174 °C;<br />

[ ] 20<br />

α D<br />

= -51.5 (c = 1.0, acetone).<br />

C14H12Br2O2 (372.05) calcd. C 45.20% H 3.25%<br />

found C 45.20% H 3.21%.<br />

(+)-(M)-2,2’-Dibromo-6,6’-dimethoxybiphenyl (M-35): Prepared following the same<br />

protocol, starting from (+)-(M)-6,6’-dibromobiphenyl-2,2’diol (31); m.p. 172 - 174 °C;<br />

[ ] 20<br />

α D<br />

= +51.1 (c = 1.0, acetone).<br />

(±)-(PM)-2,2’-Dibromo-6,6’-diethoxybiphenyl (36): A solution of 6,6’-dibromobiphenyl-2,2’-diol<br />

(31; 8.6 g, 25 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (25 mL) was added dropwise to a 60% suspension of<br />

sodium hydride in mineral oil (2.0 g, 50 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (25 mL) at 25 °C. After 30<br />

min, ethyl bromide (5.6 mL, 8.2 g, 75 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred<br />

for 1 h. Water was then added (50 mL) and phases were decanted. The aqueous layer was


105<br />

extracted with ethyl acetate (2 × 25 mL) and the combined organic layers were dried with<br />

sodium sulfate and evaporated. The white solid obtained was recrystallized from ethanol to<br />

afford colorless prisms; m.p. 116 - 118 °C; yield: 7.54 g (92%).<br />

1 H NMR: δ = 7.26 (dd, J = 8.0, 1.0 Hz, 2 H), 7.20 (t, J = 8.0 Hz, 2 H), 6.90 (dd,<br />

J = 8.0, 0.8 Hz, 2 H), 4.00 (symm. m, 4 H), 1.21 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 6 H) ppm.<br />

13 C NMR: δ = 157.5, 130.4, 129.8, 125.5, 124.6, 111.4, 64.9, 14.7 ppm.<br />

C16H16Br2O2 (400.11) calcd. C 48.03% H 4.03%<br />

found C 48.03% H 3.81%.<br />

(-)-(P)-2,2’-Dibromo-6,6’-diethoxybiphenyl (P-36): Prepared following the same protocol,<br />

starting from (-)-(P)- 6,6’-dibromobiphenyl-2,2’-diol (31); m.p. 83 - 84 °C; [ ] = -46.3<br />

(c = 1.0, acetone).<br />

(+)-(M)-2,2’-Dibromo-6,6’-diethoxybiphenyl (M-36): Prepared following the same<br />

protocol, starting from (+)-(M)- 6,6’-dibromobiphenyl-2,2’-diol (31); m.p. 81 - 83 °C; [ ] 20<br />

α D<br />

= +45.9 (c = 1.03, acetone).<br />

4.2 Preparation of 6,6’-Dibromobiphenyl-2,2’-dicarboxylic<br />

Acid and Derivative Thereof<br />

(±)-(PM)-6,6’-Dibromobiphenyl-2,2’-dicarboxylic acid (37): At -75 °C, butyllithium (43<br />

mmol) in hexane (29 mL) was added dropwise to a solution of 2,2’,6,6’-tetrabromobiphenyl<br />

(30; 10 g, 21 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (0.10 mL). The resulting white suspension was then<br />

poured on an excess of freshly crushed dry ice before being treated, at 25 °C, with 2.0 M<br />

hydrochloric acid (50 mL, 0.10 mol). The volatiles were removed and the beige solid residue<br />

was recrystallized from methanol to afford colorless prisms; m.p. 279 - 281 °C "decomp.";<br />

yield: 7.70 g (90%).<br />

1 H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ = 7.90 (dd, J = 8.0, 1.0 Hz, 2 H), 7.82 (dd, J = 8.0, 1.3 Hz, 2<br />

H), 7.34 (t, J = 8.0 Hz, 2 H), 3.10 (s, 2H) ppm.<br />

α<br />

20<br />

D


106<br />

13 C NMR (DMSO-d6): δ = 167.2, 143.3, 137.0, 133.5, 130.7, 130.5, 125.8 ppm.<br />

C14H8Br2O4 (400.02) calcd. C 42.04% H 2.02%<br />

found C 42.26% H 2.03%.<br />

Optical resolution of (±)-(PM)-6,6’-Dibromobiphenyl-2,2’-dicarboxylic acid (37):<br />

Racemic diacid (37; 8.2 g, 21 mmol) was dissolved in boiling ethanol (40 mL) and quinine<br />

(6.7 g, 21 mmol) was added. The mixture was heated for a further 30 min until it became a<br />

clear yellow solution and the temperature was slowly brought to 25 °C where crystallization<br />

occurred. The diastereoisomeric salt was filtered and recrystallized from ethanol to give<br />

colorless crystals (7.03 g). Decomposition with 10% hydrochloric acid (40 mL, 80 mmol) and<br />

the usual extraction protocol with ethyl acetate (2 × 30 mL) afforded the enriched (-)-(P)-(37)<br />

enantiomer. This protocol was repeated until optical rotatory power remained constant;<br />

colorless prisms; m.p. 234 - 236 °C; [ ] 20<br />

α D = -7.3 (c = 1.02, ethanol); yield: 6.26 g (42%).<br />

The residue obtained after evaporation of the combined mother liquor was decomposed the<br />

same way to afford colorless prisms of the (+)-(M)-(37) enantiomer; m.p. 232 - 234 °C;<br />

[ ] 20<br />

α D<br />

= +7.1 (c = 1.0, ethanol); yield: 5.81 g (39%).<br />

C14H8Br2O4 (400.02) calcd. C 42.04% H 2.02%<br />

found C 42.20% H 2.04%.<br />

(±)-(PM)-Dimethyl-6,6’-dibromobiphenyl-2,2’-dicarboxylate (38): (±)-(PM)-6,6’-<br />

Dibromobiphenyl-2,2’-dicarboxylic acid (37; 4.0 g, 10 mmol) was dissolved in methanol<br />

(0.10 mL) with a catalytic amount of 96% sulfuric acid and heated at 60 °C for 7 h. The<br />

mixture was then cooled down to 25 °C and crystallyzation occurred spontaneously. The solid<br />

was collected by filtration and washed with water and cold methanol to afford white prisms;<br />

m.p. 169 - 171 °C (ref. [15] m.p. 173 - 174 °C); yield: 3.77 g (88%).<br />

1 H NMR: δ = 8.08 (dd, J = 7.8, 1.0 Hz, 2H), 7.86 (dd, J = 7.8, 1.0 Hz, 2 H), 7.37<br />

(t, J = 7.9 Hz, 2 H), 3.66 (s, 6 H) ppm.<br />

13 C NMR: δ = 166.0, 142.8, 136.6, 131.3, 129.7, 129.1, 125.2, 52.4 ppm.<br />

(-)-(P)-Dimethyl-6,6’-dibromobiphenyl-2,2’-dicarboxylate (P-38): Prepared following the<br />

same protocol, starting from (-)-(P)-6,6’-dibromobiphenyl-2,2’-dicarboxylic acid (37); m.p.<br />

20<br />

D<br />

104 - 105 °C; [ α<br />

] = -6.2 (c = 0.54, acetone).


107<br />

(+)-(M)-Dimethyl-6,6’-dibromobiphenyl-2,2’-dicarboxylate (M-38): Prepared following<br />

the same protocol, starting from (+)-(M)-6,6’-dibromobiphenyl-2,2’-dicarboxylic acid (37);<br />

20<br />

D<br />

m.p. 103 - 105 °C; [ α ] = +5.8 (c = 0.51, acetone).<br />

C16H12Br2O4 (428.07) calcd. C 44.89% H 2.83%<br />

found C 44.65% H 2.67%.<br />

(±)-(PM)-(6,6’-Dibromobiphenyl-2,2’-diyl)dimethanol (39): Prepared following the<br />

procedure described by R. Schmid et al. [15] , starting from (±)-(PM)-dimethyl-6,6’-<br />

dibromobiphenyl-2,2’-dicarboxylate (38; 3.0 g, 7.0 mmol); colorless prisms; m.p. 130 -<br />

132 °C (ref. [15] m.p. 134 - 136 °C); yield: 2.19 g (84%).<br />

(-)-(P)-(6,6’-Dibromobiphenyl-2,2’-diyl)dimethanol (P-39): Prepared following the same<br />

protocol, starting from (-)-(P)-dimethyl-6,6’-dibromobiphenyl-2,2’-dicarboxylate (38); m.p.<br />

[ ] 20<br />

19<br />

107 - 108 °C; α = -43.2 (c = 0.5, ethanol); ee > 99% (determined by F NMR analysis of<br />

D<br />

the enantiomerically pure Mosher ester derivative, in comparison with a racemic mixture of<br />

the ester).<br />

(+)-(6,6’-Dibromobiphenyl-2,2’-diyl)dimethanol (M-39): Prepared following the same<br />

protocol, starting from (+)-(M)-dimethyl-6,6’-dibromobiphenyl-2,2’-dicarboxylate (38); m.p.<br />

[ ] 20<br />

19<br />

105 - 107 °C; α = +41.9 (c = 0.51, ethanol). ee ≥ 98% (determined by F NMR analysis<br />

D<br />

of the enantiomerically pure Mosher ester derivative, in comparison with a racemic mixture of<br />

the ester).<br />

Preparation of Mosher ester derivative of (-)-(P)-(39) and (+)-(M)-(39): Under inert<br />

atmosphere, the diol (39, 0.17 g, 0.45 mmol) was dissolved in a mixture of carbon<br />

tetrachloride (2.0 mL) and pyridine (2.0 mL) at 25 °C and (R)-(-)-α-methoxy-α-<br />

(trifluoromethyl)-phenylacetyl chloride (0.25 mL, 0.34 g, 1.35 mmol) was added. The<br />

mixture was stirred for 20 h and the completion of the reaction was monitored by TLC.<br />

N,N-dimethylethanolamine (0.1 mL, 9.0 mg, 1.0 mmol) and the mixture was stirred for a<br />

further 30 min. Dichloromethane (5.0 mL) and 1.0 M hydrochloric acid (5.0 mL) were<br />

added and phases were decanted. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried with<br />

sodium sulfate and evaporated to dryness to afford a slightly yellow oil; yield: 347 mg<br />

(96%).


108<br />

(R)-(-)-MTPA ester from (-)-(P)-(39): prepared as described above; yield: 347 mg (96%).<br />

1 H NMR: δ = 7.6 (m, 3 H), 7.4 - 7.2 (m, 13 H), 5.04 (d, J = 13.5 Hz, 2 H), 4.80 (d,<br />

J = 13.5 Hz, 2 H), 3.50 (s, 6 H) ppm.<br />

19 F NMR: δ = -71.5 ppm.<br />

(R)-(-)-MTPA ester from (+)-(M)-(39): Prepared as described above; yield: 340 mg (94%).<br />

1 H NMR: δ = 7.6 (m, 3 H), 7.4 - 7.2 (m, 13 H), 4.95 (d, J = 13.3 Hz, 2 H), 4.80 (d,<br />

J = 13.3 Hz, 2 H), 3.45 (s, 6 H) ppm.<br />

19 F NMR: δ = -71.9 ppm.<br />

(±)-(PM)-2,2’-Dibromo-6,6’-bis(methoxymethyl)biphenyl (41): At 0 °C, a solution of<br />

(±)-(PM)-(6,6’-dibromobiphenyl-2,2’-diyl)dimethanol (39; 2.5 g, 6.7 mmol) in<br />

tetrahydrofuran (15 mL) was added to a suspension of sodium hydride (0.41 g, 17 mmol) in<br />

tetrahydrofuran (5.0 mL). After the end of hydrogen emission, iodomethane (0.5 mL, 1.1 g,<br />

8.0 mmol) was added at 25 °C to the reddish suspension which slowly faded to beige. Water<br />

(10 mL) was added and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure and replaced by<br />

ethyl acetate (10 mL). Phases decantation and extraction with ethyl acetate (2 × 7 mL) gave,<br />

after drying and evaporation, an analytically pure colorless oil which resisted to all<br />

crystallization attempts; yield: 0.93 g (93%).<br />

1 H NMR: δ = 7.62 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2 H), 7.54 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 2 H), 7.32 (t,<br />

J = 7.9 Hz, 2 H), 4.09 (d, J = 13.0 Hz, 2 H), 4.02 (d, J = 13.0 Hz, 2 H), 3.26 (s,<br />

6 H) ppm.<br />

13 C NMR: δ = 139.6, 138.3, 131.9, 129.9, 126.5, 124.3, 72.6, 59.0 ppm.<br />

C16H16Br2O2 (400.11) calcd. C 48.03% H 4.03%<br />

found C 47.91% H 3.91%.<br />

(-)-(P)-2,2’-Dibromo-6,6’-bis(methoxymethyl)biphenyl (P-41): Prepared following the<br />

same protocol, starting from (-)-(P)-(6,6’-dibromobiphenyl-2,2’-diyl)dimethanol (39; 1.5 g,<br />

4.0 mmol); colorless prisms; m.p. 87 - 89 °C; [ ] 20<br />

D<br />

α = -38.9 (c = 1.0, ethanol); yield: 1.39 g<br />

(86%).


109<br />

(+)-(M)-2,2’-Dibromo-6,6’-bis(methoxymethyl)biphenyl (M-41): Prepared following the<br />

same protocol, starting from (+)-(M)-(6,6’-dibromobiphenyl-2,2’-diyl)dimethanol (39; 1.5 g,<br />

4.0 mmol); colorless prisms; m.p. 86 - 88 °C; [ ] 20<br />

α D = -37.3 (c = 1.0, ethanol); yield: 1.37 g<br />

(86%).<br />

4.3 Preparation of Biphenylbisphosphines<br />

(-)-(P)-(6,6’-Dimethoxybiphenyl-2,2’-diyl)bis(diphenylphosphine) (42) [(-)-(P)-MeO-BIPHEP]:<br />

Butyllithium (5.4 mmol) in hexane (3.5 mL) was added dropwise to a solution of (+)-(M)-<br />

2,2’-dibromo-6,6’-dimethoxybiphenyl (35; 1.0 g, 2.7 mmol) in toluene (8.0 mL) and diethyl<br />

ether (2.0 mL) at -75 °C. After 30 min, a solution of chlorodiphenylphosphine (1.1 mL, 1.3 g,<br />

6.0 mmol) in toluene (10 mL) was added dropwise in order to keep the temperature below<br />

-70 °C. The mixture was then warmed up to 25 °C and water (10 mL) was added. The phases<br />

were separated and the aqueous one was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 × 10 mL) to give,<br />

after evaporation of the volatiles, a colorless solid which was recrystallized from ethanol to<br />

afford colorless needles; m.p. 213 - 215 °C (ref. [16] m.p. 214 - 215 °C); [ α ] D = -42.4 (c = 1.0,<br />

[16]<br />

chloroform), ee > 99% [ref. [ ] = -42.5 (c = 1.0, chloroform), ee 99.7%]; yield: 1.01 g<br />

20<br />

α<br />

(64%).<br />

D<br />

(+)-(M)-(6,6’-Dimethoxybiphenyl-2,2’-diyl)bis(diphenylphosphine) (42) [(+)-(M)-MeO-BIPHEP]:<br />

Prepared following the same protocol starting from (-)-(P)-2,2’-dibromo-6,6’-<br />

dimethoxybiphenyl (35; 1.0 g, 2.7 mmol); colorless needles; m.p. 213 - 215 °C (ref. [16] m.p.<br />

20<br />

D<br />

214 - 215 °C); [ α ] = +41.7 (c = 1.0, chloroform), ee > 98.5% [ref.<br />

chloroform), ee 98.5%]; yield: 1.12 g (66%).<br />

20<br />

[16] 20 [ α ] D = +41.3 (c = 1.0,<br />

(±)-(PM)-(6,6’-Diethoxybiphenyl-2,2’-diyl)bis(diphenylphosphine) (43): tert-Butyllithium (30<br />

mmol) in pentane (21 mL) was added dropwise to a solution of (±)-(PM)-2,2’-dibromo-6,6’-<br />

diethoxybiphenyl (36; 3.0 g, 7.5 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (30 mL) at -75 °C. After 30 min, the<br />

reaction mixture was treated with a solution of chlorodiphenylphosphine (3.5 mL, 4.2 g, 19 mmol)<br />

in tetrahydrofuran (20 mL) and immediately allowed to reach 25 °C. The solvents were removed,<br />

the residue was dissolved in dichloromethane (35 mL) and water (20 mL) was added. The usual<br />

extraction procedure with dichloromethane (2 × 20 mL) afforded a white solid which was<br />

recrystallized from ethyl acetate to afford colorless prisms; m.p. 253 - 254 °C; yield: 3.89 g (85%).


110<br />

1 H NMR (acetone-d6): δ = 7.3 (m, 11 H), 7.2 (m, 11 H), 6.79 (dd, J = 8.3, 1.0 Hz,<br />

2 H), 6.65 (dm, 2 H), 3.72 (dq, J = 9.5, 7.0 Hz, 2 H), 3.38 (dq, J = 9.5, 7.0 Hz),<br />

2 H), 0.92 (t, J = 6.8 Hz, 6 H) ppm.<br />

13 C NMR (acetone-d6): δ = 135.1 (t, J = 10.5 Hz), 134.2 (t, J = 10.5 Hz), 129.2,<br />

129.1, 129.0 (t, J = 2.8 Hz), 128.7 (m), 126.8, 112.6, 63.8, 15.1 ppm.<br />

31 P NMR (acetone-d6): δ = - 10.8 ppm.<br />

C40H36O2P2 (610.66) calcd. C 78.67% H 5.94%<br />

found C 78.59% H 5.86%.<br />

(-)-(M)-(6,6’-Diethoxybiphenyl-2,2’-diyl)bis(diphenylphosphine) (M-43): Prepared<br />

following the same protocol starting from (+)-(M)-2,2’-Dibromo-6,6’-diethoxybiphenyl (36;<br />

1.2 g, 3.0 mmol); colorless prisms; m.p. 211 - 213 °C; [ ] 20<br />

α D = -39.4 (c = 0.5,<br />

dichloromethane); ee > 98% [determined by chiral HPLC analysis on Chiracel OD-phase,<br />

cyclohexane/ethanol (1 : 3), 1.0 ml/min]; yield: 1.52 g (83%). For crystallographic data see<br />

Table 6, § 4.5.<br />

(+)-(P)-(6,6’-Diethoxybiphenyl-2,2’-diyl)bis(diphenylphosphine) (P-43): Prepared<br />

following the same protocol starting from (-)-(P)-2,2’-Dibromo-6,6’-diethoxybiphenyl (36;<br />

1.2 g, 3.0 mmol); colorless prisms; m.p. 207 - 209 °C; [ ] 20<br />

α D = +38.6 (c = 0.54,<br />

dichloromethane); ee 99% [determined by chiral HPLC analysis on Chiracel OD-phase,<br />

cyclohexane/ethanol (1 : 3), 1.0 ml/min]; yield: 1.41 g (77%).<br />

(±)-(PM)-[6,6’-Bis(methoxymethoxy)biphenyl-2,2’-diyl]bis(diphenylphosphine) (44): To a<br />

solution of (±)-(PM)-2,2’-dibromo-6,6’-bis(methoxymethoxy)biphenyl (34; 8.0 g, 19 mmol)<br />

in tetrahydrofuran (0.10 L) at -75 °C, was added tert-butyllithium (76 mmol) in pentane<br />

(52 mL) over 1 h. A solution of chlorodiphenylphosphine (8.3 mL, 9.9 g, 45 mmol) in<br />

tetrahydrofuran (45 mL) was added dropwise so that temperature stayed below -70 °C. After<br />

the end of addition, the mixture was allowed to reach 25 °C and water (0.10 L) was added.<br />

Extraction with ethyl acetate (2 × 70 mL), drying with sodium sulfate and evaporation of the<br />

volatiles gave an orange solid which was recrystallized from ethanol to afford colorless<br />

prisms; m.p. 200 - 202 °C; yield: 10.2 g (84 %).


111<br />

1 H NMR: δ = 7.2 (m, 20 H), 7.2 (m, 2 H), 7.05 (dd, J = 8.2, 0.9 Hz, 2 H), 6.84 (d,<br />

J = 9.0 Hz, 2 H), 4.43 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 2 H), 4.30 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 2 H), 3.09 (s, 6 H)<br />

ppm.<br />

31 P NMR: δ = -10.8 ppm.<br />

C40H36O4P2 (642.66) calcd. C 74.76% H 5.65%<br />

found C 74.56% H 6.00%.<br />

(-)-(M)[6,6’-Bis(methoxymethoxy)biphenyl-2,2’-diyl]bis(diphenylphosphine) (M-44):<br />

Prepared following the same protocol starting from (+)-(M)-2,2’-dibromo-6,6’-<br />

bis(methoxymethoxy)biphenyl (34; 2.0 g, 4.6 mmol); m.p.107 - 109 °C; [ α ] = -21.9 (c = 1.0,<br />

acetone); ee > 98% [determined by chiral HPLC analysis on Chiracel OD-phase,<br />

cyclohexane/ethanol (1 : 3), 1.0 ml/min]; yield: 1.97 g (66%). For crystallographic data see<br />

Table 6, § 4.5.<br />

(+)-(P)-[6,6’-Bis(methoxymethoxy)biphenyl-2,2’-diyl]bis(diphenylphosphine) (P-44):<br />

Prepared following the same protocol starting from (-)-(P)-2,2’-dibromo-6,6’-<br />

bis(methoxymethoxy)biphenyl (34; 2.0 g, 4.6 mmol); m.p.107 - 109 °C; [ α ] = +22.2<br />

(c = 1.0, acetone); ee > 99% [determined by chiral HPLC analysis on Chiracel OD-phase,<br />

cyclohexane/ethanol (1 : 3), 1.0 ml/min]; yield: 2.10 g (69%).<br />

(±)-(PM)-[6,6’-Bis(methoxymethyl)biphenyl-2,2’-diyl]bis(diphenylphosphine) (45): tert-<br />

Butyllithium (11 mmol) in pentane (7.4 mL) was added dropwise to a solution of (±)-(PM)-<br />

2,2’-dibromo-6,6’-bis(methoxymethyl)biphenyl (41; 1.1 g, 2.7 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (5.0<br />

mL) at -75 °C. After 30 min, the reaction mixture was treated with a solution of<br />

chlorodiphenylphosphine (1.0 mL, 1.2 g, 5.4 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (6.0 mL) and<br />

immediately allowed to reach 25 °C. Water was added and the usual extraction procedure<br />

with ethyl acetate (2 × 10 mL) afforded a yellowish amorphous solid which gave colorless<br />

needles after recrystallization from ethyl acetate/hexanes (9:1) mixture; m.p. 249 - 251 °C;<br />

yield: 1.30 g (79%).<br />

1 H NMR (acetone-d6): δ = 7.4 (m, 10 H), 7.3 (m, 10 H), 7.2 (m, 6 H), 3.62 (d, J = 6.5<br />

Hz, 2 H), 3.13 (d, J = 6.5 Hz, 2 H), 2.88 (s, 6 H) ppm.<br />

20<br />

D<br />

20<br />

D


112<br />

13 C NMR (acetone-d6): δ = 133.4 (d, J = 10.4 Hz), 133.1 (d, J = 9.0 Hz), 132.8 (d,<br />

J = 12.4 Hz), 132.6 (d, J = 13.0 Hz), 132.3 (d, J = 3.0 Hz), 132.1 (d, J = 3.0 Hz),<br />

130.3 (d, J = 3.1 Hz), 129.2 (d, J = 11.2 Hz), 128.9 (d, J = 12.2 Hz), 127.3, 71.8,<br />

58.0 ppm.<br />

31 P NMR (acetone-d6): δ = -13.0 ppm.<br />

C40H36O2P2 (610.66) calcd. C 78.67% H 5.94%<br />

found C 78.74% H 6.01%.<br />

(-)-(M)-[6,6’-Bis(methoxymetyl)biphenyl-2,2’-diyl]bis(diphenylphosphine) (M-45): Prepared<br />

following the same protocol starting from (+)-(M)-2,2’-dibromo-6,6’-<br />

bis(methoxymethyl)biphenyl (41; 1.0 g, 2.5 mmol); colorless needles (from ethyl<br />

acetate/hexane); m.p. 199 - 201 °C; [ ] 20<br />

α D = -41.9 (c = 0.5, chloroform); ee > 98.5%<br />

[determined by chiral HPLC analysis on Chiracel OD-phase, cyclohexane/ethanol (1 : 3),<br />

1.0 ml/min]; yield: 1.08 g (71%). For crystallographic data see Table 6, § 4.5.<br />

(+)-(P)-[6,6’-Bis(methoxymetyl)biphenyl-2,2’-diyl]bis(diphenylphosphine) (P-45): Prepared<br />

following the same protocol starting from (-)-(P)-2,2’-dibromo-6,6’-bis(methoxymethyl)biphenyl<br />

(41; 1.0 g, 2.5 mmol); colorless needles (from ethyl acetate/hexane); m.p. 198 - 199 °C;<br />

[ ] 20<br />

α D<br />

= +41.0 (c = 0.49, chloroform); ee 99% [determined by chiral HPLC analysis on Chiracel<br />

OD-phase, cyclohexane/ethanol (1 : 3), 1.0 ml/min]; yield: 1.13 g (74%).<br />

4.4 Coalescence Studies of Dilithiobiphenyl Species<br />

Sample preparation: The dibromobiphenyl (34 or 41; 0.70 mmol) in perdeuterated<br />

tetrahydrofuran (3.0 mL) was added to a solution of tert-butyllithium (2.8 mmol) dissolved in<br />

precooled (-75 °C) perdeuterated tetrahydrofuran (5.0 mL). By means of a precooled pipet, an<br />

aliquot was withdrawn (1.0 mL) and transferred into a nitrogen purged 5 mm NMR tube,<br />

which was plunged into liquid nitrogen before being sealed under vacuum.


113<br />

2,2’-Dilithio-6,6’-bis(methoxymethoxy)biphenyl (47):<br />

1 H NMR (-50 °C): δ = 7.3 - 7.1 (m, 4 H), 7.0 (m, 2 H), 5.15 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 2 H),<br />

4.93 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 2 H), 3.57 (s, 6 H) ppm.<br />

1 H NMR (-11 °C, coalescence temperature): δ = 7.3 - 7.1 (m, 4 H), 7.0 (m, 2 H),<br />

5.02 (s broad, 4 H), 3.55 (s, 6 H) ppm.<br />

2,2’-Dilithio-6,6’-bis(methoxymethyl)biphenyl (49):<br />

1 H NMR (-50 °C): δ = 7.51 (d, 2 H), 7.3 (m, 2 H), 7.10 (d, 2 H), 4.13 (d,<br />

J = 12.5 Hz, 2 H), 4.06 (d, J = 12.5 Hz, 2 H), 3.20 (s, 6 H) ppm.<br />

1 H NMR (24 °C, coalescence temperature): δ = 7.51 (d, 2 H), 7.3 (m, 2 H), 7.09<br />

(d, 2 H), 4.10 (s broad, 4 H), 3.18 (s, 6 H) ppm.


114<br />

4.5 Seclected Crystallographic Data for Biphenylbisphosphines<br />

(M)-43 (M)-44 (M)-45<br />

Empirical formula C40H36O2P2 C40H36O4P2 C40H36O2P2<br />

Crystal system Monoclinic Triclinic Orthorhombic<br />

Space group P2(1)/n P1 Fdd2<br />

Unit Cell dimension<br />

a = 12.7416(17) Å,<br />

α = 90°<br />

b = 16.912(3) Å,<br />

β = 96.113(11)°<br />

c = 15.819(2) Å,<br />

γ = 90°<br />

Volume 3389.2(8) Å 3<br />

Distances (Å)<br />

a = 9.5032(10) Å,<br />

α = 106.628(10)°<br />

b = 13.4628(16) Å,<br />

β = 95.321(8)°<br />

c = 14.3427(15) Å,<br />

γ = 93.138(9)°<br />

a = 25.295(3) Å,<br />

α= 90°<br />

b = 28.389(3) Å,<br />

β= 90°<br />

c = 9.0567(9) Å,<br />

γ = 90°<br />

1744.3(3) Å 3 6503.8(12) Å 3<br />

P(1)-C(1) 1.847(2) 1.844(4) 1.841(5)<br />

P(2)-C(8) 1.848(2) 1.840(4) -<br />

O(1)-C(5) 1.368(3) 1.378(4) -<br />

O(2)-C(12) 1.368(3) - -<br />

O(3)-C(12) - 1.389(4) -<br />

C(6)-C(7) 1.497(3) 1.497(5) 1.513(5)<br />

Angles (°)<br />

C(2)-C(1)-P(1) 123.49(16) 124.8(3) 122.4(4)<br />

C(6)-C(1)-P(1) 117.29(15) 116.5(3) 118.0(3)<br />

C(9)-C(8)-P(2) 123.59(16) 124.2(3) -<br />

C(7)-C(8)-P(2) 116.79(15) 116.4(3) -<br />

O(1)-C(5)-C(4) 123.8(2) 124.2(4) -<br />

O(1)-C(5)-C(6) 115.46(18) 114.9(4) -<br />

O(2)-C(12)-C(11) 124.1(2) - -<br />

O(3)-C(12)-C(11) - 123.5(4) -<br />

O(2)-C(12)-C(7) 115.27(18) -<br />

O(3)-C(12)-C(7) - 115.2(4) -<br />

C(5)-C(6)-C(7) 119.25(18) 121.2(4)<br />

C(5)-C(6)-C(6A) - - 119.8(4)<br />

C(1)-C(6)-C(7) 121.24(19) 119.4(4) -<br />

C(1)-C(6)-C(6A) - - 119.6(4)<br />

C(12)-C(7)-C(6) 119.79(18) 118.8(4) -<br />

C(8)-C(7)-C(6) 120.92(19) 121.1(4) -<br />

C(1)-C(6)-C(7)-C(8) -73.9(3) -84.4(5) -<br />

C(1A)-C(6A)-C(6)-C(1) - - -88.3(4)


References


Literature References<br />

115<br />

[ 1] G.H. Christie, J. Kenner, J. Chem. Soc. 1922, 614 – 620.<br />

[ 2] R. Kuhn, in Stereochemie, (ed.: K. Freudenberg), Deutike, Leipzig, 1933, p. 803.<br />

[ 3] M. Ōki, Top. Stereochemistry 1983, 14, 1 – 76.<br />

[ 4] R. Adams, H.C. Yuan, Chem. Rev. 1933, 12, 261 – 338.<br />

[ 5] E.L. Eliel, S.H. Wilen, L.N. Mander, in Stereochemistry of Organic Compounds,<br />

Wiley, New York, 1994, pp. 1142 – 1145.<br />

[ 6] G. Bringmann, R. Walter, R. Weirich, Angew. Chem. 1990, 102, 1006 – 1019;<br />

Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl. 1990, 29, 977 – 981.<br />

[ 7] D.H. Williams, B. Bardsley, Angew. Chem. 1999, 111, 1264 – 1286; Angew. Chem.<br />

Int. Ed. Engl. 1999, 38, 1172 – 1193.<br />

[ 8] K.C. Nicolaou, C.N.C. Boddy, S. Bräse, N. Winssinger, Angew. Chem. 1999, 111,<br />

2230 – 2287; Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl. 1999, 38, 2096 – 2152.<br />

[ 9] C. Rosini, L. Franzini, A. Raffaelli, P. Salvadori, Synthesis 1992, 503 – 517.<br />

[ 10] L. Pu, Chem. Rev. 1998, 98, 2405 – 2494.<br />

[ 11] W. Tang, X. Zhang, Chem. Rev. 2003, 103, 3029 – 3069.<br />

[ 12] P.J. Walsh, A.E. Lurain, J. Balsells, Chem. Rev. 2003, 103, 3297 – 3344.<br />

[ 13] R. Noyori, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1980, 102, 7932 – 7934.<br />

[ 14] R. Noyori, Angew. Chem. 2002, 114, 2108 – 2123; Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl.<br />

2002, 41, 2008 – 2022.<br />

[ 15] R. Schmid, M. Cereghetti, B. Heiser, P. Schönholzer, H.J. Hansen, Helv. Chim. Acta<br />

1988, 71, 897 – 929.<br />

[ 16] R. Schmid, J. Foricher, M. Cereghetti, P. Schönholzer, Helv. Chim. Acta 1991, 74,<br />

370 – 389.<br />

[ 17] G. Michaud, M. Bulliard, L. Ricard, J.-P. Genêt, A. Marinetti, Chem. Eur. J. 2002, 8,<br />

3327 – 3330.<br />

[ 18] Z. Zhang, H. Qian, J. Longmire, X. Zhang, J. Org. Chem. 2000, 65, 6223 – 6226.<br />

[ 19] T. Saito, T. Yokozawa, T. Ishizaki, T. Moroi, N. Sayo, T. Miura, H. Kumobayashi,<br />

Adv. Synth. Catal. 2001, 343, 264 – 267.<br />

[ 20] T. Kashiwagi, J.W. Gilman, J.E. McGrath, I.Y. Wan, Tomorrow's Trends in Fire<br />

Retardants Regulations, Testing, Applications and Current Technologies, Fall


116<br />

Conference Proceedings, Naples, 13 – 16 October 1996, pp. 1 – 23; Chem. Abstr.<br />

1997, 127, 263584.<br />

[ 21] R. Luckenbach, in Dynamic Stereochemistry of Pentacoordinated Phosphorus and<br />

Related Elements, Thieme, Stuttgart, 1973, pp. 109 – 124.<br />

[ 22] H.J. Christau, F. Plénat, in The Chemistry of Organophosphorus compounds, (ed.:<br />

F.R. Hartley), S. Pataï Series Editor, Vol. 3, 1994, p. 111 – 135.<br />

[ 23] K.D. Berlin, G.B. Butler, Chem. Rev. 1960, 60, 243 – 260.<br />

[ 24] H.R. Hays, D.J. Peterson, in Organic Phosphorus Compounds, Vol. 3, (ed.: G.M.<br />

Kosolapoff, L. Maier), Wiley, New York, 1972, pp. 349 – 353.<br />

[ 25] A. Cahours, A.W. Hofmann, Liebigs Ann. Chem. 1857, 104, 1 – 19.<br />

[ 26] A. Michaelis, Liebigs Ann. Chem. 1901, 315, 43 – 103.<br />

[ 27] J. Meisenheimer, L. Lichtenstadt, Ber. Dtsch. Chem. Ges. 1911, 44, 356 – 359.<br />

[ 28] J. Meisenheimer, J. Casper, M. Höring, W. Lauter, L. Lichtenstadt, W. Samuel,<br />

Liebigs Ann. Chem. 1926, 449, 213 – 248.<br />

[ 29] L. Hey, C.K. Ingold, J. Chem. Soc. 1933, 531 – 533.<br />

[ 30] G.W. Fenton, C.K. Ingold, J. Chem. Soc. 1929, 2342 – 2357.<br />

[ 31] L. Horner, H. Hoffmann, H.G. Wippel, G. Hassel, Chem. Ber. 1958, 91, 52 – 57.<br />

[ 32] H. Hoffmann, Liebigs Ann. Chem. 1960, 634, 1 – 8.<br />

[ 33] M. Zanger, C.A. Vander Werf, W.E. McEwen, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1959, 81, 3806 –<br />

3807.<br />

[ 34] W.E. McEwen, in Topics in Phosphorus Chemistry, Vol. 2, (ed.: M.G. Grayson, E.J.<br />

Griffith), Interscience, New York, 1965, pp. 5 – 9.<br />

[ 35] W.E. McEwen, K.F. Kumli, A. Blade-Font, M. Zanger, C.A. Vander Werf, J. Am.<br />

Chem. Soc. 1964, 86, 2378 – 2384.<br />

[ 36] S.E. Cremer, B.C. Trivedi, F.L. Weitl, J. Org. Chem. 1971, 36, 3226 – 3231.<br />

[ 37] K.L. Marsi, J.E. Oberlander, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1973, 95, 200 – 204.<br />

[ 38] K.L. Marsi, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1969, 91, 4724 – 4729.<br />

[ 39] L. Horner, H. Winkler, A. Rapp, A. Mentrup, H. Hoffmann, P. Beck, Tetrahedron<br />

Lett. 1961, 2, 161 – 166.<br />

[ 40] L. Horner, H. Fuchs, H. Winkler, A. Rapp, Tetrahedron Lett. 1963, 4, 965 – 967.<br />

[ 41] J.R. Corfield, J.R. Shutt, S. Trippett, J. Chem. Soc., Chem. Commun. 1969, 789 –<br />

790.<br />

[ 42] C.B. Parisek, W.E. McEwen, C.A. Vander Werf, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1960, 82, 5503 –<br />

5504.<br />

[ 43] E.A. Dennis, F.H. Westheimer, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1966, 88, 3432 – 3433.


117<br />

[ 44] R.S. Berry, J. Chem. Phys. 1960, 32, 933 – 938.<br />

[ 45] G. Wittig, U. Pockels, H. Dröge, Ber. Dtsch. Chem. Ges. 1938, 71, 1903 – 1912.<br />

[ 46] H. Gilman, W. Langham, A.L. Jacoby, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1939, 61, 106 – 109.<br />

[ 47] M. Schlosser, in Organometallics in Synthesis: A Manual, (ed.: M. Schlosser),<br />

2nd edition, Wiley, Chichester, 2002, pp. 101 – 117.<br />

[ 48] G.M. Kosolapoff, in Organophosphorus Compounds, Wiley, New York, 1950, pp.<br />

10 – 22.<br />

[ 49] J.L. Willans, Chem. Ind. (London) 1957, 8, 235 – 236.<br />

[ 50] H. Gilman, C.C. Vernon, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1926, 48, 1063 – 1066.<br />

[ 51] D.B. Denney, F.J. Gross, J. Org. Chem. 1967, 32, 2445 – 2447.<br />

[ 52] H.R. Hays, R.G. Laughlin, J. Org. Chem. 1967, 32, 1060 – 1063.<br />

[ 53] F. Leroux, unpublished results, 2001.<br />

[ 54] F. Leroux, unpublished results, 2000.<br />

[ 55] M. Kranz, T. Clark, P.V.R. Schleyer, J. Org. Chem. 1993, 58, 3317 – 3325.<br />

[ 56] K.J. Brown, M.S. Berry, K.C. Waterman, D. Lingenfelter, J.R. Murdoch, J. Am.<br />

Chem. Soc. 1984, 106, 4717 – 4123.<br />

[ 57] K.J. Brown, J.R. Murdoch, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1984, 106, 7843 – 7845.<br />

[ 58] U. Schubert, W. Neugebauer, P.v.R. Schleyer, J. Chem. Soc., Chem. Commun. 1982,<br />

1184 – 1185.<br />

[ 59] O. Desponds, M. Schlosser, Tetrahedron 1994, 50, 5881 – 5888.<br />

[ 60] A.M. Echavarren, D.J. Cárdenas, in Metal-Catalyzed Cross-Coupling Reactions<br />

(eds.: A. de Meijeire, F. Diederich), Vol. 1, Wiley, Chichester, 2004, pp. 1 – 31.<br />

[ 61] K. Tamao, N. Miyaura, in Cross-Coupling Reactions, (ed.: N. Miyaura), Top. Curr.<br />

Chem., 2002, 219, Springer, Berlin, pp. 15 – 26.<br />

[ 62] D.W. Allen, B.G. Hutley, T.C. Rich, J. Chem. Soc., Perkin Trans. 2 1972, 63 – 67.<br />

[ 63] C. Santelli-Rouvier, C. Coin, L. Toupet, M. Santelli, J. Organomet. Chem. 1995,<br />

495, 91 – 96.<br />

[ 64] A.J. Zapata, A.C. Roudon, Org. Prep. Proced. Int. 1995, 27, 567 – 568.<br />

[ 65] F. Eymery, P. Burattin, F. Mathey, P. Savignac, Eur. J. Org. Chem. 2000, 2425 –<br />

2431.<br />

[ 66] H. Gilman, C.G. Stuckwisch, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1941, 63, 2844 – 2845.<br />

[ 67] A. Burger, N.D. Dawson, J. Org. Chem. 1951, 16, 1250 – 1254.<br />

[ 68] P. Pfeiffer, Ber. Dtsch. Chem. Ges. 1904, 37, 4620 – 4623.<br />

[ 69] H. Hibbert, Ber. Dtsch. Chem. Ges. 1906, 39, 160 – 162.


118<br />

[ 70] J. Drowart, C.E. <strong>My</strong>ers, R. Szwarc, A. Vander Auwera-Mahieu, O.M. Uy, J. Chem.<br />

Soc., Faraday Trans. 1972, 68, 1749 – 1757.<br />

[ 71] V.I. Vedeneyev, L.V. Gurvich, V.N. Kondrat'yev, V.A. Medvedev, Y.L. Frankevich,<br />

in Bond Dissociation Energies, Ionization Potentials and Electron Affinities, Edward<br />

Arnold, London, 1966, p. 43.<br />

[ 72] S. Jugé, J.-P. Genêt, Tetrahedron Lett. 1989, 30, 2783 – 2786.<br />

[ 73] S. Jugé, M. Stephan, J.A. Lafitte, J.-P. Genêt, Tetrahedron Lett. 1990, 31, 6357 –<br />

6360.<br />

[ 74] J.V. Carey, M.D. Barker, J.M. Brown, M.J.H. Russell, J. Chem. Soc., Perkin Trans.<br />

1 1993, 831 – 839.<br />

[ 75] K.M. Pietrusiewicz, M. Zablocka, Chem. Rev. 1994, 94, 1375 – 1411.<br />

[ 76] J.M. Brown, J.C.P. Laing, J. Organomet. Chem. 1997, 529, 435 – 444.<br />

[ 77] M. Sander, Chem. Ber. 1962, 95, 473 – 482.<br />

[ 78] R. Emrich, P.W. Jolly, Synthesis 1993, 1, 39 – 40.<br />

[ 79] R.J. Sunberg, R.W. Heintzelman, J. Org. Chem. 1974, 39, 2546 – 2552.<br />

[ 80] W.A. Henderson, S.A. Buckler, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1960, 82, 5794 – 5800.<br />

[ 81] L. Brandsma, H.D. Verbruijsse, Synth. Commun. 1990, 15, 2273 – 2274.<br />

[ 82] H.A. Brune, M. Falck, R. Hemmer, G. Schmidtberg, H. Alt, Chem. Ber. 1984, 117,<br />

2791 – 2802.<br />

[ 83] C.B. Ziegler, R.F. Heck, J. Org. Chem. 1978, 43, 2941 – 2946.<br />

[ 84] P. Staniek, Ger. Offen. DE 4408500 (to Sandoz AG, appl. 29 Sept. 1994); Chem.<br />

Abstr. 1995, 122, 267086a.<br />

[ 85] J.K. Romain, J.W. Ribblett, R.W. Byrn, R.D. Snyder, B.N. Storhoff, J.C. Huffman,<br />

Organometallics 2000, 19, 2047 – 2050.<br />

[ 86] N.G. Andersen, B.A. Keay, Chem. Rev. 2001, 101, 997 – 1030.<br />

[ 87] V. Farina, S.R. Baker, D.A. Benigni, C. Sapino, Tetrahedron Lett. 1988, 29, 5739 –<br />

5742.<br />

[ 88] V. Farina, S.R. Baker, D.A. Benigni, C. Sapino, Tetrahedron Lett. 1988, 29, 6043 –<br />

6046.<br />

[ 89] V. Farina, B. Krishnan, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1991, 113, 9585 – 9595.<br />

[ 90] C. Sonesson, M. Larhed, C. Nyqvist, A. Hallberg, J. Org. Chem. 1996, 61, 4756 –<br />

4763.<br />

[ 91] D.W. Allen, B.G. Hutley, M.T.J. Melior, J. Chem. Soc., Perkin Trans. 2 1972, 63 –<br />

67.<br />

[ 92] E. Niwa, H. Aoki, H. Tanaka, K. Manukata, Chem. Ber. 1966, 99, 712 – 713.


119<br />

[ 93] A. Köllhofer, H. Plenio, Chem. Eur. J. 2003, 9, 1416 – 1425.<br />

[ 94] B.L. Feringa, R. Hulst, R. Rikers, L. Brandsma, Synthesis 1988, 4, 316 – 318.<br />

[ 95] F. Chen, P. Akhtar, L.A.P. Kane-Maguire, G.G. Wallace, Aust. J. Chem. 1997, 509,<br />

939 – 946.<br />

[ 96] D.A. Shirley, B.H. Gross, P.A. Roussel, J. Org. Chem. 1955, 20, 225 – 231.<br />

[ 97] N. Gjøs, S. Gronowitz, Acta Chem. Scand. 1971, 25, 2596 – 2608.<br />

[ 98] B. Wrackmeyer, H. Nöth, Chem. Ber. 1976, 109, 1075 – 1088.<br />

[ 99] G.A. Cordell, J. Org. Chem. 1975, 40, 3161 – 3169.<br />

[ 100] J.A. Joule, K. Mills, in Heterocyclic Chemistry, Blackwell, London, 2000, p. 241.<br />

[ 101] W. Chen, E.K. Stephenson, M.P. Cava, Y.A. Jackson, Org. Synth. 1992, 70, 151 – 156.<br />

[ 102] Y.-H. Lai, Synthesis 1981, 585 – 604.<br />

[103] R.D. Rieke, S.E. Bales, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1974, 96, 1775 – 1781.<br />

[104] H. Gilman, J. Robinson, Recl. Trav. Chim. Pays-Bas 1929, 48, 328 – 331.<br />

[105] M. Schlosser, Angew. Chem. 2005, 117, 380 – 398; Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl.<br />

2005, 44, 376 – 393.<br />

[106] C.H. DePuy, V.M. Bierbaum, R. Damrauer, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1984, 106, 4051 –<br />

4053.<br />

[107] S.G. Lias, J.E. Bartmess, J.F. Liebman, J.L. Holmes, R.D. Levin, W.G. Mallard, J.<br />

Phys. Chem. Ref. Data, 1988, 17, Suppl. 1.<br />

[108] C.H. DePuy, S. Gronert, S.E. Barlow, V. M. Bierbaum, R. Daumrauer, J. Am. Chem.<br />

Soc. 1989, 111, 1968 – 1973.<br />

[109] J.B. Conant, G.W. Wheland, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1932, 54, 1212 – 1221.<br />

[110] D.E. Applequist, D.F. O'Brien, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1963, 85, 743 – 748.<br />

[111] R.E. Dessy, W. Kitching, T. Psarras, R. Salinger, A. Chen, T. Chivers, J. Am. Chem.<br />

Soc. 1966, 88, 460 – 467.<br />

[112] A. Streitwieser, E. Juaristi, L.L. Nebenzhal, in Comprehensive Carbanion Chemistry,<br />

Part A, (ed.: E. Buncel, T. Durst), Elsevier, Amsterdam, 1980, pp. 323 – 381.<br />

[113] T.B. McMahon, P. Kebarle, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1976, 98, 3399 – 3406.<br />

[114] J.E. Bartmess, R.T. McIver, in Gas Phase Ion Chemistry, Vol. 2, (ed.: M.T. Bowers),<br />

Academic Press, New York, 1979, pp. 88 – 119.<br />

[115] G. Boand, R. Houriet, T. Gäumann, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1983, 105, 2203 – 2206.<br />

[116] J.E. Bartmess, Negative Ion Energetics Data, Chemistry WebBook: NIST Standard<br />

Reference Database Number 69, (eds.: W.G. Mallard, P.J. Lindstrom), National<br />

<strong>Institut</strong>e of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, Nov. 2004<br />

(http://webbook.nist.gov).


120<br />

[117] S.T. Graul, R.R. Squires, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1988, 110, 607 – 608.<br />

[118] D.F. McMillen, D.M. Golden, Annu. Rev. Phys. Chem. 1982, 33, 493 – 532.<br />

[119] D.R. Stull, H. Prophet, JANAF Thermochemical Tables, Nat. Stand. Ref. Data Ser.,<br />

37, 2nd ed., National Bureau of Standards, Washington, D.C., 1971.<br />

[120] G.B. Ellison, P.C. Engelking, W.C. Lineberger, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1978, 100, 2556 –<br />

2558.<br />

[121] C. Eaborn, D.R.M. Walton, G. Seconi, J. Chem. Soc., Chem. Commun. 1975, 937 –<br />

939.<br />

[122] W.E. McEwen, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1936, 58, 1124 – 1129.<br />

[123] R.D. Kleene, G.W. Wheland, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1941, 63, 3321 – 3322.<br />

[124] P. Graña, M.R. Paleo, F.J. Sardina, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2002, 124, 12511 – 12514.<br />

[125] R.M. Salinger, R.E. Dessy, Tetrahedron Lett. 1963, 4, 729 – 734.<br />

[126] M.G. Evans, M. Polanyi, Trans. Faraday Soc. 1936, 32, 1333 – 1360.<br />

[127] M.G. Evans, M. Polanyi, Trans. Faraday Soc. 1938, 34, 11 – 24.<br />

[128] R.P. Bell, Proc. R. Soc. London, Ser. A 11936, 154, 414 – 429.<br />

[129] C. Hansch, A. Leo, R.W. Taft, Chem. Rev. 1991, 91, 165 – 195.<br />

[130] G.L. Keldsen, W.E. McEwen, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1978, 100, 7312 – 7317.<br />

[131] B. Siegel, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1979, 101, 2265 – 2268.<br />

[132] N.S. Isaacs, O.H. Abed, Tetrahedron Lett. 1986, 27, 1209 – 1210.<br />

[133] F.G. Bordwell, D. Algrim, N.R. Vanier, J. Org. Chem. 1977, 42, 1817 – 1819.<br />

[134] W.H. Saunders, A.F. Cockerill, in Mechanisms of Elimination Reactions, Wiley,<br />

New York, 1973, pp. 59 – 67.<br />

[135] R. Alexander, C. Eaborn, T.G. Traylor, J. Organomet. Chem. 1970, 21, P65.<br />

[136] J.R. Corfield, S. Trippett, J. Chem. Soc., Chem. Commun. 1970, 1267 – 1267.<br />

[137] F.Y. Khalil, G. Aksnes, Acta Chem. Scand. 1973, 27, 3832 − 3838.<br />

[138] E.D. Hughes, Quart. Rev., Chem. Soc. 1948, 2, 107 – 131.<br />

[139] G.F. Fenton, L. Hey, C.K. Ingold, J. Chem. Soc. 1933, 989 – 991.<br />

[140] J.C. Tebby, in Phosphorus-31 NMR Spectroscopy in Stereochemical Analysis:<br />

Organic Compounds and Metal-complexes, Vol. 8, (eds.: J.-G. Verkade, L.-D.<br />

Quin), VCH, Deerfield Beach, 1987, pp. 1 – 14.<br />

[141] Y. Miyata, H. Ando, J. Health Science 2001, 47, 75 – 77; Chem. Abstr. 2001, 134,<br />

158568.<br />

[142] A. Alexakis, S. Mutti, J.F. Normant, P. Mangeney, Tetrahedron: Asymetry 1992, 57,<br />

1224 – 1237.


121<br />

[143] R. Hulst, R.W.J. Zijlstra, B.L. Feringa, N. Koen de Vries, W.T. Hoeve, H. Wynberg,<br />

Tetrahedron Lett. 1993, 34, 1339 – 1342.<br />

[144] A. Alexakis, J.C. Frutos, S. Mutti, P. Mangeney, J. Org. Chem. 1994, 59, 3326 –<br />

3334.<br />

[145] R. Hulst, N. Koen de Vries, B.L. Feringa, Tetrahedron: Asymetry 1994, 5, 699 – 708.<br />

[146] A. Alexakis, A.-S. Chauvin, Tetrahedron: Asymetry 2000, 11, 4245 – 4248.<br />

[147] K. Issleib, W. Seidel, Chem. Ber. 1959, 92, 2681 – 2691.<br />

[148] E.E. Nifantyev, M.K. Gratchev, S.Y. Burmistrov, M.Y. Antipin, Y.T. Struchkov<br />

Phosphorus, Sulfur, Silicon Relat. Elem. 1992, 70, 159 – 174.<br />

[149] L. Maier, Helv. Chim. Acta 1964, 47, 2129 – 2137.<br />

[150] H. Hoffmann, P. Schellenbeck, Chem. Ber. 1967, 100, 692 – 693.<br />

[151] M.H. Beeby, F.G. Mann, J. Chem. Soc., Chem. Commun. 1951, 411 – 416.<br />

[152] L. Maier, Chem. Ber. 1961, 94, 3051 – 3054.<br />

[153] W. Voskuil, J.F. Arens, Recl Trav. Chim. Pays-Bas 1963, 82, 302 – 304.<br />

[154] H. Schmidbaur, G. Blaschke, B. Zimmer-Gasser, V. Schubert, Chem. Ber. 1980, 113,<br />

1612 – 1622.<br />

[155] O.I. Kolodyazhnyi, J. Gen. Chem. USSR (Engl. Transl.) 1981, 51, 2125 – 2137.<br />

[156] J. Heinicke, E. Nietzschmann, A. Tzschach, J. Organomet. Chem. 1983, 243, 1 – 8.<br />

[157] B.E. Mann, J. Chem. Soc., Perkin Trans. 2 1972, 1, 30 – 34.<br />

[158] A.H. Cowley, J.H. Mills, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1969, 91, 2915 – 2919.<br />

[159] A. Merijanian, R.A. Zingaro, Inorg. Chem. 1966, 5, 187 – 191.<br />

[160] E.I. Matrosov, E.N. Tsvetkov, Z.N. Mironova, R.A. Malevannaya, M.I. Kabachnik,<br />

Bull. Acad. Sci. USSR Div. Chem. Sci. (Engl. Transl.) 1975, 24, 1231 – 1234.<br />

[161] S.N. Zdorova, J. Gen. Chem. USSR (English Transl.) 1976, 46, 1201 – 1204.<br />

[162] O. Dahl, J. Chem. Soc., Perkin Trans. 1 1978, 9, 947 – 954.<br />

[163] G.M. Kosolapoff, R.F. Struck, Proc. Chem. Soc. London 1960, 351 – 357.<br />

[164] P.C. Crofts, D.M. Parker, J. Chem. Soc. C 1970, 2, 332 - 336.<br />

[165] G. Aksnes, J. Songstad, Acta Chem. Scand. 1962, 16, 1426 – 1432.<br />

[166] J.G. Dawber, J.C. Tebby, A.A.C. Waite, J. Chem. Soc., Perkin Trans. 2, 1983, 1923<br />

– 1925.<br />

[167] K. Makita, T. Okuyama, F. Audo, Y. Ninomiya, J. Koketsu, Nippon Kagaku Kaishi<br />

2000, 2, 91 – 95; Chem. Abstr. 2001, 135, 13627.<br />

[168] M.J. Pellerite, J.I. Brauman, in Comprehensive Carbanion Chemistry, Part A, (ed.: E.<br />

Buncel, T. Durst), Elsevier, Amsterdam, 1980, pp.70 – 92.<br />

[169] J.I. Brauman, L.K. Blair, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1970, 92, 5986 – 5992.


122<br />

[170] B.H. Lipshutz, F. Kayser, Z.-P. Liu, Angew. Chem. 1994, 106, 1962 – 1964; Angew.<br />

Chem. Int. Ed. Engl. 1994, 33, 1842 – 1844.<br />

[171] B.H. Lipshutz, B. James, S. Vance, I. Carrico, Tetrahedron Lett. 1997, 38, 753 –<br />

758.<br />

[172] A. Rajca, A. Safronov, S. Rajca, C.R. Ross, J.J. Stezowski, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1996,<br />

118, 7272 – 7279.<br />

[173] R. Pummerer, E. Prell, A. Rieche, Ber. Dtsch. Chem. Ges. 1926, 59, 2159 – 2161.<br />

[174] F. Leroux, M. Schlosser, Angew. Chem. 2002, 114, 4447 – 4450; Angew. Chem. Int.<br />

Ed. Engl. 2002, 41, 4272 – 4274.<br />

[175] G. Büchi, D.H. Klaubert, R.C. Shank, S.M. Weinreb, G.N. Wogan, J. Org. Chem.<br />

1971, 36, 1143 – 1147.<br />

[176] G.M. Whitesides, J. San Filippo, C.P. Casey, E.J. Panek, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1967,<br />

89, 5302 – 5303.<br />

[177] G. Rauchschwalbe, M. Schlosser, Helv. Chim. Acta 1975, 58, 1094 – 1099.<br />

[178] M. Schlosser, L. Franzini, Synthesis 1998, 707 – 709.<br />

[179] J. Jacques, C. Fouquey, R. Viterbo, Tetrahedron Lett. 1971, 12, 4617 – 4620.<br />

[180] G. Delogu, D. Fabbri, M.A. Dettori, G. Casalone, A. Forni, Tetrahedron: Asymmetry<br />

2000, 11, 1827 – 1833.<br />

[181] K. Tanaka, T. Okada, F. Toda, Angew. Chem. 1933, 105, 1266 – 1267; Angew.<br />

Chem. Int. Ed. Engl. 1993, 32, 1147 – 1148.<br />

[182] D. Cai, D.L. Hughes, T.R. Verhoeven, P.J. Reider, Tetrahedron Lett. 1995, 36, 7991<br />

– 7994.<br />

[183] E.J. Corey, M.A. Letavic, M.C. Noe, S. Sarshar, Tetrahedron Lett. 1994, 35, 7553 –<br />

7556.<br />

[184] M. Kawashima, A. Hirayama, Chem. Lett. 1990, 7, 2299 – 2300.<br />

[185] H.-J. Schanz, M.A. Linseis, D.G. Gilheany, Tetrahedron: Asymmetry 2003, 14, 2763<br />

– 2769.<br />

[186] B.G. Zupancic, M. Sopcic, Synthesis 1982, 942 – 944.<br />

[187] K. Mislow, M.A.W. Glass, R.E. O'Brien, P. Rutkin, D.H. Steinberg, J. Weiss, C.<br />

Djerassi, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1962, 84, 1455 – 1478.<br />

[188] A.W. Ingersoll, J.R. Little, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1934, 56, 2123 – 2124.<br />

[189] M. Siegel, K. Mislow, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1958, 80, 473 – 475.<br />

[190] W.M. Stanley, E. McMahon, R. Adams, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1933, 55, 706 – 712.<br />

[191] J.A. Dales, D.L. Dull, H.S. Mosher, J. Org. Chem. 1969, 34, 2543 – 2549.


123<br />

[192] W.R. Moser, C.J. Papile, D.A. Brannon, R.A. Duwell, S.J. Weininger, J. Mol. Catal.<br />

1987, 41, 271 – 292.<br />

[193] J.D. Unruh, J.R. Christenson, J. Mol. Catal. 1982, 14, 19 – 34.<br />

[194] L.A. van der Veen, M.D.K. Boele, F.R. Bregman, P.C.J. Kamer, P.W.N.M. van<br />

Leeuwen, K. Goubitz, J. Fraanje, H. Schenk, C. Bo, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1998, 120,<br />

11616 – 11626.<br />

[195] T.K. Miyamoto, Y. Matsuura, K. Okude, H. Ichida, Y. Sasaki, J. Organomet. Chem.<br />

1989, 373, C8 – C12.<br />

[196] O. Desponds, M. Schlosser, J. Organomet. Chem. 1996, 507, 257 – 261.<br />

[197] Single-crystal X-ray analysis have been performed by Dr R. Scopelliti, X-ray<br />

diffraction analysis department, EPFL, ISIC, Lausanne.<br />

[198] C.P. Casey, G.T. Whitecker, Isr. J. Chem. 1990, 30, 299 – 304; Chem. Abstr. 1991,<br />

114, 207458y.<br />

[199] C.P. Casey, G.T. Whitecker, J. Org. Chem. 1990, 55, 1394 – 1396.<br />

[200] C.P. Casey, G.T. Whitecker, M.G. Melville, L.M. Petrovich, J.A. Gavney, D.R.<br />

Powell, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1992, 114, 5535 – 5543.<br />

[201] K.J. Brown, M.S. Berry, K.C. Waterman, D. Lingenfelter, J.R. Murdoch, J. Am.<br />

Chem. Soc. 1984, 106, 4717 – 4723.<br />

[202] M. Kranz, H. Dietrich, W. Mahdi, G. Müller, F. Hampel, T. Clark, R. Hacker, W.<br />

Neugebauer, A.J. Kos, P.V.R. Schleyer, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1993, 115, 4698 – 4704.<br />

[203] D.G. Lister, J.N. McDonald, N.L. Owen, in Internal Rotation and Inversion,<br />

Academic Press, London, 1978, pp. 66 – 77.<br />

[204] M. Ōki, in The Chemistry of Rotational Isomers, Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1993, pp.<br />

20 – 26.<br />

[205] F. Leroux, M. Maurin, N. Nicod, R. Scopelliti, Tetrahedron Lett. 2004, 45, 1899 –<br />

1902.<br />

[206] G. Binsch, Top. Stereochem., 3, 1968, (a) pp. 98 – 99; (b) pp. 125 – 126.<br />

[207] H. Kessler, Angew. Chem. 1970, 82, 237 – 253; Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl. 1970, 9,<br />

219 – 235.<br />

[208] F. Grein, J. Phys. Chem. A 2002, 106, 3823 – 3827.<br />

[209] W.L. Meyer, R.B. Meyer, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1963, 85, 2170 – 2171.<br />

[210] R.J. Kurland, M.B. Rubin, W.B. Wise, J. Chem. Phys. 1964, 40, 2426 – 2427.<br />

[211] Full lineshape analyses and 1 H-NMR spectra fitting were performed with gNMR 4.0.0,<br />

P. H. M. Budzelaar, Ivorysoft, Cherwell Publishing, 1997 (http://www.cherwell.com).


124<br />

[212] M. Schlosser, in Organometallics in Synthesis: A Manual, (ed.: M. Schlosser),<br />

2nd edition, Wiley, Chichester, 2002, pp. 289 – 293.<br />

[213] M. Schlosser, in Organometallics in Synthesis: A Manual, (ed.: M. Schlosser),<br />

2nd edition, Wiley, Chichester, 2002, pp. 21 – 22.<br />

[214] A. Allerhand, H.S. Gutowsky, J. Jonáš, R.A. Meinzer, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1966, 88,<br />

3185 – 3194.<br />

[215] M.L. Martin, J.J. Delpuech, G.J. Martin, in Practical NMR Spesctroscopy, Heyden,<br />

London, 1980, pp. 344 – 346.<br />

[216] J. Sandström, in Dynamic NMR Spectroscopy, Academic Press, London, 1982, pp.<br />

71 – 76.<br />

[217] R.C. Donald, Tetrahedron Lett. 1975, 16, 3973 – 3974.<br />

[218] G. Wittig, L. Löhmann, Liebigs Ann. Chem. 1942, 550, 260 – 267.<br />

[219] G. Wittig, Angew. Chem. 1954, 66, 10 – 17.<br />

[220] J. Gorecka, Doctoral Dissertation, Ecole Polytechnique Fédérale de Lausanne,<br />

2004, pp. 45 – 60.<br />

[221] G. Wittig, G. Harborth, Ber. Dtsch. Chem. Ges. 1944, 77B, 306 – 314; see also:<br />

H. Gilman, A.H. Haubein, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1944, 66, 1515 – 1516.<br />

[222] W. Schlenk, E. Bergmann, Liebigs Ann. Chem. 1928, 464, 1 – 42.<br />

[223] H. Günther, in NMR spectroscopy, Wiley, Chichester 1980, p. 61.<br />

[224] H. Günther, in NMR-Spektroskopie, Thieme Verlag, Stuttgart, 1983, p. 64<br />

[225] Crysalis RED, Oxford Diffraction Ltd, 68 Milton Park, Abingdon, Oxfordshire.<br />

OX14 4RX. UK.<br />

[226] SHELXTL, Brucker AXS Inc., Madison, Wisconsin, 53719, USA, 1997.<br />

[227] H. Gilman, F. Schulze, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1925, 47, 2002 – 2005.<br />

[228] H. Gilman, J. Swiss, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1940, 62, 1847 – 1849.<br />

[229] L. Ferris, D. Haigh, C.J. Moody, Tetrahedron Lett. 1996, 37, 107 – 110.<br />

[230] J.W. Cooper, B.P. Roberts, J. Chem. Soc., Perkin Trans. 2 1976, 7, 808 – 813.<br />

[231] A.D. Brown, G.M. Kosolapoff, J. Chem. Soc. C 1968, 2, 839 – 842.<br />

[232] J.P. Idoux, J.T. Gupton, ACS Symposium Series, Phase Transfer Catal.: New Chem.,<br />

Catal., Appl. 1987, 326, 169 – 184; Chem. Abstr. 1987, 107, 153707p.<br />

[233] R.L. Vold, J.S. Waugh, M.P. Klein, D.E. Phelps, J. Chem. Soc. 1968, 48, 3831 –<br />

3832.<br />

[234] S. Braun, H. -O. Kalinowski, S. Berger in in 150 and more basic NMR experiments,<br />

Wiley, New York, 1998, pp. 155 – 158.<br />

[235] R. Meyer, W. Meyer, Ber. Dtsch. Chem. Ges. 1920, 53, 2034 – 2052.


PCl<br />

25d:<br />

p.26, 27, 72<br />

C 2H 6ClP<br />

PCl<br />

25f: p.26, 27, 73<br />

C 6H 14ClP<br />

P<br />

O<br />

27k: p. 28, 81<br />

C 6H 15OP<br />

PCl<br />

25b: p.26, 27, 72<br />

C8H18ClP<br />

PN<br />

24c: p. 25, 26, 71<br />

C 8H 20NP<br />

125<br />

Compounds Index<br />

PCl<br />

25c: p.26, 27, 72<br />

C 4H 10ClP<br />

P<br />

26i: p. 27, 77<br />

C 6H 15P<br />

PN<br />

24d: p. 25, 26, 71<br />

C 6H 16NP<br />

PCl<br />

25a: p.26, 27, 71<br />

C 8H 18ClP<br />

P<br />

26f: p. 27, 28, 75<br />

C 9H 21P<br />

Cl<br />

PN<br />

Cl<br />

23: p. 25, 26, 70<br />

C 4H 10Cl 2NP<br />

P<br />

26h: p. 27, 76<br />

C 6H 15P<br />

P<br />

26k: p. 27, 77<br />

C 7H 17P<br />

P<br />

26g: p. 27, 75<br />

C 8H 19P<br />

P<br />

26c: p. 27, 28, 74<br />

C 9H 21P<br />

Br Br<br />

I<br />

29: p. 34, 35, 85<br />

C 6H 3Br 2I<br />

O<br />

P<br />

27f: p. 27,28, 79<br />

C 6H 15OP<br />

O<br />

P<br />

27h: p. 27, 28, 80<br />

C 7H 17OP<br />

O<br />

P<br />

27e: p. 27, 28, 29, 78<br />

C 8H 19OP<br />

P<br />

O<br />

27j: p. 29, 80<br />

C 9H 21OP


O<br />

P<br />

27i: p. 30, 80<br />

C 9H 21OP<br />

P<br />

26b: p. 27, 74<br />

C 11H 25P<br />

P<br />

28a: p. 28, 29, 81<br />

C 10H 24IP<br />

O<br />

P<br />

27b: p. 27, 31, 77<br />

C 11H 25OP<br />

I<br />

126<br />

P I<br />

28b: p. 28, 30, 82<br />

C 10H 24IP<br />

Br Br<br />

Br Br<br />

30: p. 33, 34, 35<br />

36, 39, 85<br />

C 12H 6Br 4<br />

N N<br />

Br<br />

Br Br Cl N<br />

18: p. 15<br />

17: p. 15, 16, 65, 66<br />

20: p. 16, 17, 66<br />

C12H11Br2N<br />

C12H12BrN C12H12ClN PCl<br />

25e: p.26, 27, 73<br />

C 12H 22ClP<br />

O<br />

P<br />

27a: p. 27, 28, 30, 77<br />

C 12H 27OP<br />

P<br />

26e: p. 27, 75<br />

C 12H 27P<br />

PN<br />

24b: p. 25, 26, 70<br />

C 12H 28NP<br />

P<br />

26a: p. 27, 28, 73<br />

C 12H 27P<br />

PN<br />

24a: p. 25, 26, 70<br />

C 12H 28NP<br />

P I<br />

28e: p. 29, 83<br />

C 10H 24IP<br />

Br OH<br />

Br OH<br />

31: p. 35, 36, 37, 38<br />

39, 40, 44, 51, 86<br />

C 12H 8Br 2O 2<br />

N<br />

14: p. 14, 15, 16, 65<br />

C 12H 13N<br />

P<br />

O<br />

27d: p. 27, 28, 30, 78<br />

HOOC<br />

C 12H 27OP<br />

N<br />

(S)-22: p. 17, 67<br />

C 13H 13NO 2


Br COOH<br />

Br COOH<br />

37:<br />

p. 35, 39, 40<br />

41, 42, 89, 90<br />

C14H8Br2O 4<br />

P<br />

O<br />

3<br />

8:<br />

p. 13, 62<br />

Br O<br />

Br O<br />

35: p. 38, 39, 42<br />

44, 88<br />

C14H12Br2O 2<br />

P<br />

O<br />

OH<br />

13: p. 13, 14, 64<br />

C15H15O3P<br />

C15H15O6P Br<br />

Br<br />

N<br />

15: p. 14, 15<br />

C 13H 15N<br />

41: p. 42, 46, 53<br />

92, 93<br />

C16H16Br2O 2<br />

P<br />

O<br />

O<br />

O<br />

27g: p. 27, 28, 30, 79<br />

C 16H 31OP<br />

N<br />

16: p. 15<br />

C 13H 15N<br />

Br O<br />

Br O<br />

3<br />

O<br />

O<br />

34: p. 38, 45, 51<br />

87, 88<br />

C16H16Br2O 4<br />

127<br />

Br<br />

Br<br />

OH<br />

OH<br />

39: p. 41, 42, 46<br />

53, 91<br />

C14H12Br2O 2<br />

Br COOCH 3<br />

Br COOCH 3<br />

38: p. 41, 90, 91<br />

O<br />

C 16H 12Br 2O 4<br />

N<br />

O<br />

P<br />

26d: p. 27, 28, 74<br />

C 13H 29P<br />

N<br />

(S)-21: p. 16, 17, 67<br />

C 16H 16N 2O 2<br />

P<br />

O<br />

P<br />

27c: p. 27, 28, 29, 78<br />

C 13H 29OP<br />

H<br />

O<br />

12: p. 14, 64<br />

C 15H 9O 6P<br />

Br O<br />

Br O<br />

3<br />

36: p. 38, 39, 44<br />

88, 89<br />

C16H16Br2O 2<br />

P<br />

O<br />

26j: p. 27, 77<br />

C 16H 31P<br />

P I<br />

P I P O<br />

28c: p. 28, 30, 82<br />

C 16H 36IP<br />

28d: p. 28, 29, 82<br />

C 17H 38IP<br />

1: p. 11, 59<br />

C 21H 21O 3P<br />

3


P<br />

P<br />

P<br />

O<br />

2: p. 11, 59<br />

3<br />

P<br />

O<br />

O<br />

O<br />

11: p. 14, 63<br />

3<br />

128<br />

P<br />

O<br />

2<br />

5: p. 11, 16, 61<br />

P<br />

O<br />

9: p. 13, 62<br />

C21H21O3P C21H21O9P C22H19OP C24H15O3P 3<br />

7: p. 10, 11, 61<br />

C 24H 27P<br />

6: p. 11, 61<br />

C 30H 21P<br />

3<br />

Ph2P O<br />

Ph2P O<br />

44: p. 45, 46, 94<br />

95, 98<br />

C40H36O4P 2<br />

O<br />

O<br />

P N<br />

3: p. 11, 60<br />

C 24H 30N 3P<br />

Ph2P O<br />

Ph2P O<br />

42: p. 44, 46, 93<br />

C 38H 32O 2P 2<br />

3<br />

O P<br />

N<br />

2<br />

(S)-19: p. 16, 17, 68<br />

C 26H 29N 3OP<br />

Ph2P O<br />

Ph2P O<br />

43: p. 44, 45, 46<br />

93, 94, 98<br />

C40H36O2P 2<br />

P<br />

Ph 2P<br />

Ph 2P<br />

3<br />

4: p. 11, 60<br />

C 30H 21P<br />

3<br />

O<br />

O<br />

45: p. 46, 47, 95<br />

96, 98<br />

C40H36O2P 2


Curriculum Vitae


Nom Maurin<br />

Prénom Michaël<br />

129<br />

Curriculum Vitae<br />

Date de Naissance 27 Juin 1976<br />

Lieu de Naissance Thiais, France<br />

Nationalité Française<br />

Etat Civil Célibataire<br />

ETUDES<br />

1987 – 1991 Collège à Thiais, France.<br />

1991 – 1994 Lycée à Thiais, France. Obtention du Baccalauréat<br />

série C (Scientifique).<br />

1994 – 1996 Préparation au Concours National Vétérinaire, Paris,<br />

France.<br />

1996 – 2000 Etudes de chimie à l'Université Paris XI, Orsay, France.<br />

2000 – 2001 Stage de D.E.A. à l'<strong>Institut</strong> Curie, Orsay, France, sous<br />

la responsabilité du Dr David Grierson: "Synthèse de<br />

Nouveaux Fluorophores Utilisables dans la Technologie<br />

des Puces à ADN".<br />

Juin 2001 Diplôme d'Etude Approfondies (D.E.A.) en Chimie<br />

Organique, Université Paris XI, Orsay, France.<br />

Octobre 2001 Début d'un travail de doctorat à l'Ecole Polytechnique<br />

Fédérale de Lausanne sous la responsabilité du<br />

Professeur Manfred Schlosser; Assistant responsable<br />

de la surveillance des travaux pratiques de chimie du<br />

6 ème semestre.


130<br />

Publication<br />

F. Leroux, M. Maurin, N. Nicod, R. Scopelliti, "The Remarkable Configurational Stability of<br />

Ortho,ortho'-tetrafluoro Substituted Biphenyls: 2,2',4,4',6,6'-Hexafluorobiphenyl-3,3'-<br />

dicaboxylic as a Model", Tetrahedron Lett. 2004, 45, 1899 – 1902.

Hooray! Your file is uploaded and ready to be published.

Saved successfully!

Ooh no, something went wrong!